Ritmo basic 160 by Alwasail Company

BASIC 160 V1 BASIC 200 V0 BASIC 250 V1 BASIC 315 V1 BASIC 355 V0

‫آﺘﻴﺐ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام واﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ USE AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK Rev.: 0

16/10/2012

MU000838

Ritmo S.p.A. è libera di apportare modifiche senza preavviso alle caratteristiche della macchina descritta in questo manuale e alle informazioni qui contenute. È vietata la riproduzione, anche parziale e sotto qualsiasi forma, di questo documento.

Ritmo S.p.A. is free to modify the contents of this handbook, as well as the features of the machine described herein, at any time, without notice. All rights reserved. It is strictly prohibited to reproduce this document or part of it in any form whatsoever.

L’entreprise Ritmo S.p A. Se réserve le droit d’apporter, sans préavis, toutes les modifications qu’elle désirera aux caractéristiques de la machine décrite dans ce manuel ainsi qu’aux informations qu’il contient. La reproduction de ce document, même partielle, sous n’importe quelle forme, est strictement interdite.

Ritmo S.p.A. se reserva el derecho de hacer modificaciones sin previo aviso a las características de la máquina descrita en este manual y a las informaciones en él incluidas. Está terminantemente prohibida toda reproducción de este documento, incluso parcial o de cualquier otra

A Ritmo S.p.A. pode efectuar sem pré-aviso quaisquer modificações às características da máquina descrita no presente manual, bem como às informações nele inseridas. A cópia total ou parcial deste documento è severamente proibida, sob qualquer forma.

Die hier angegebenen Daten sind öhne Gewähr und Ritmo S.p.A. behält sich Änderungen ohne Vorankündigung vor. Die Vervielfertigung, auch auszugsweise, dieses Dokumentes ist verboten.

Rus

Ritmo S.p.A имеет право вносить изменения в аппарат, описанный в данной инструкции и в информацию о нём без предварительного уведомления. Все права защищены. Данный документ и любые его части воспроизводить запрещено.

S.p.A. Via A. Volta, 7 – (Z.I.) 35037 Teolo (PD) ITALY ‫إﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬ ‫هﺎﺗﻒ‬Tel. +39.049/9901888 ‫ﻓﺎآﺲ‬Fax +39.049/9901993 info@ritmo.it

‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس‬

‫‪INDEX‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ واﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﻨﺎوﻟﺔ واﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺪوش واﻟﺘﺤﺰﻳﺰات‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬ ‫دورات اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫ﺧﺮز اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪ :‬اﻟﻤﺮاﻗﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺠﺮدة‬ ‫‪ .3‬وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ ‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪/‬اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺪة اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻼت اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻼت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري ‪DIGITAL DRAGON‬‬ ‫إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺎت‬ ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎم اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت رﻗﻢ ‪ 2‬و‪3‬‬ ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎم اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت رﻗﻢ ‪ 3‬و‪4‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫دورة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬ ‫دورة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺰدوج‬ ‫‪ .5‬اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬ ‫‪ .7‬اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ .8‬ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫‪ .9‬ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت‬ ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ‪(UNI 10520: PE 80 (MRS 8‬‬ ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ‪(UNI 10967: PE 100 (MRS 10‬‬ ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ‪DVS 2207-1: HDPE‬‬ ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ‪DVS 220711-: PP‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ‪(PE 80 (UNI 10520‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ‪(PE 100 (UNI 10967‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ‪(HDPE (DVS 2207-1‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ‪(PP (DVS 2207-11‬‬

‫‪1/.1‬‬ ‫‪1/.2‬‬ ‫‪1/.2‬‬ ‫‪1/.2‬‬ ‫‪1/.2‬‬ ‫‪2/.2‬‬ ‫‪3/.2‬‬ ‫‪4/.2‬‬ ‫‪1/.3‬‬ ‫‪1/.3‬‬ ‫‪1/.3‬‬ ‫‪2/.3‬‬ ‫‪2/.3‬‬ ‫‪3/.3‬‬ ‫‪3/.3‬‬ ‫‪4/.3‬‬ ‫‪1/.4‬‬ ‫‪1/.4‬‬ ‫‪1/.4‬‬ ‫‪3/.4‬‬ ‫‪4/.4‬‬ ‫‪5/.4‬‬ ‫‪5/.4‬‬ ‫‪6/.4‬‬ ‫‪7/.4‬‬ ‫‪10/.4‬‬ ‫‪1/.5‬‬ ‫‪1/.6‬‬ ‫‪1/.7‬‬ ‫‪1/.8‬‬ ‫‪1/.9‬‬ ‫‪1/.9‬‬ ‫‪2/.9‬‬ ‫‪3/.9‬‬ ‫‪5/.9‬‬ ‫‪7/.9‬‬

‫‪Introduction‬‬ ‫‪1./1‬‬ ‫‪2./1‬‬ ‫‪2./1‬‬ ‫‪2./1‬‬ ‫‪2./1‬‬ ‫‪2./2‬‬ ‫‪2./3‬‬ ‫‪2./4‬‬ ‫‪3./1‬‬ ‫‪3./1‬‬ ‫‪3./1‬‬ ‫‪3./2‬‬ ‫‪3./2‬‬ ‫‪3./3‬‬ ‫‪3./3‬‬ ‫‪3./4‬‬

‫‪1. Product Introduction and Specifications‬‬ ‫‪2. Welding General Criteria‬‬ ‫‪Transport, loading/unloading, handling and storage‬‬ ‫‪Scratches and notches‬‬ ‫‪Before welding‬‬ ‫‪Set up‬‬ ‫‪Welding cycles‬‬ ‫‪Welding bead: naked eye observation‬‬ ‫‪3. Parts Description‬‬ ‫‪Chassis‬‬ ‫‪Facer‬‬ ‫‪Heating plate‬‬ ‫‪Facer/heating plate support‬‬ ‫‪Hydraulic gearcase‬‬ ‫‪Timer‬‬ ‫‪Standard equipment‬‬

INDEX

‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس‬

4. Operating Instructions Hydraulic connections Electrical connections Thermoregulator DIGITAL DRAGON Insertion of reductions How to weld between clamps number 2 and 3 How to weld between clamps number 3 and 4 Facing Simple Pressure welding cycle Dual Pressure welding cycle 5. Maintenance 6. Trouble Shooting 7. Safety Precautions 8. Workplace Hygiene 9. Welding Parameters Pipe/fitting features How to calculate the welding parameters according to UNI 10520: PE 80 (MRS 8) How to calculate the welding parameters according to UNI 10967: PE 100 (MRS 10) How to calculate the welding parameters according to DVS 2207-1: HDPE How to calculate the welding parameters according to DVS 2207-11: PP Welding Report PE 80 (UNI 10520) Welding Report PE 100 (UNI 10967) Welding Report HDPE (DVS 2207-1) Welding Report PP (DVS 2207-11)

4./1 4./1 4./1 4./3 4./4 4./5 4./5 4./6 4./7 4./10 5./1 6./1 7./1 8./1 9./1 9./1 9./2 9./3 9./5 9./7

INTRODUCTION

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

،‫ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻧﺎ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‬ .Ritmo ‫ﻧﺸﻜﺮك ﻋﻠﻰ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺟﻬﺎز‬ ‫ آﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ هﺬا اﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬.‫ وآﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ أﻗﺼﻰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎدة ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻚ هﺬا اﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز‬ ‫ وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻘﺮاءﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء‬.‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت واﻻﻗﺘﺮاﺣﺎت اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ وﺁﻣﻨﺔ واﺣﺘﺮاﻓﻴﺔ‬ .‫أو ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ اﻟﺠﺪد‬/‫ آﻤﺎ أﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮع إﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ و‬.‫ﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬ .‫ وﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻓﺮاد اﻟﻤﻬﺮة واﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻟﺘﺬآﺮ أن هﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﺣﺘﺮاﻓﻲ‬ ،‫ﻣﺘﺄآﺪون ﻣﻦ رﺿﺎﺋﻜﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم‬

Dear Customer, Thank you for having chosen a Ritmo machine. This handbook will show you all your new BASIC machine features, and how to get the most of them. In this book you will also find all the information and suggestions needed to use the machine in a proper, safe and professional manner. We therefore recommend its complete reading before starting using the machine. We also recommend to keep it for future consultations and/or new users. Please remember that this machine is a professional device; its use must be limited to skilled and certified personnel. Certain of your complete satisfaction,

Best regards,

‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ اﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎت‬

‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ‪1. TECHNICAL FEATURES‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪ BASIC‬هﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﺘﻨﺎآﺒﻲ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ واﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻮﻟﻴﺜﻴﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (PE‬واﻟﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮوﺑﻴﻠﻴﻦ )‪ (PP‬واﻟﻤﻮاد اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫ل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﺪن ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ اﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل واﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ واﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت ‪ BASIC‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ‪ PE 100‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺰدوج‪.‬‬ ‫وﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺬآﺮك ﺑﺄن اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻤﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺼﻮرًا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻓﺮاد اﻟﻤﻬﺮة واﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮاﻧﻴﻦ واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪INTRODUCTION‬‬ ‫‪BASIC is a line of on-site butt welding machines for pipes and fittings in Polyethylene (PE), Polypropylene (PP), and other‬‬ ‫‪thermoplastic materials intended for the transport of combustible gas, water, and other fluids under high pressure.‬‬ ‫‪All BASIC machines can weld PE 100 with the Dual Pressure method.‬‬ ‫‪We remind you that the use of such machines is limited to authorized skilled and certified personnel, in accordance with the‬‬ ‫‪Legislation and Regulations in force.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﺪى اﻟﻘﻄﺮ ] ﻣﻠﻢ [‬

‫‪SPECIFICATIONS‬‬

‫‪BASIC 160 V1‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪BASIC 200 V0‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪BASIC 250 V1‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪BASIC 315 V1‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪BASIC 355 V0‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫∅ ‪40÷160‬‬

‫∅ ‪63÷200‬‬

‫∅ ‪75÷250‬‬

‫∅ ‪90÷315‬‬

‫∅ ‪125÷355‬‬

‫‪ (HDPE: PE 80 (MRS 8‬و‪ (PE 100 (MRS 10‬و‪ PP‬واﻟﻤﻮاد اﻷﺧﺮى اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺪن ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮارة‬

‫ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫ﻣﻦ ‪ 5-‬إﻟﻰ ‪40+‬‬

‫ﻧﻄﺎق درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ] درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ [‬ ‫إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫)‪ :PE 100‬ﻣﻦ ‪ 0‬إﻟﻰ ‪(40+‬‬

‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ‪ 60‬هﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪2220‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺼﺔ ] وات [‬

‫‪3220‬‬

‫ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﻌﺰل‬

‫‪3420‬‬

‫‪5750‬‬

‫‪4420‬‬

‫‪ :1‬ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ] دﻳﺴﺒﻞ )أﻣﺒﻴﺮ( [‬

‫‪Leq=79.2‬‬ ‫‪ 70‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪155‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫اﻟﻮزن ‪ -‬اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ]آﻠﺠﻢ[‬

‫‪BASIC 315 V1‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪BASIC 355 V0‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪∅ 90÷315‬‬

‫‪∅ 125÷355‬‬

‫‪ 93‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪205‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫‪ 124‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫)‪ 273.3‬رﻃ ً‬

‫‪BASIC 250 V1‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪BASIC 200 V0‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪BASIC 160 V1‬‬ ‫‪220V‬‬

‫‪∅ 75÷250‬‬

‫‪∅ 63÷200‬‬

‫‪∅ 40÷160‬‬

‫‪ 166‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪366‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪FEATURES‬‬ ‫] ‪Diameters range [ mm‬‬

‫‪HDPE: PE 80 (MRS 8) and PE 100 (MRS 10), PP and other thermoplastics materials‬‬ ‫)‪(PE 100: from 0 to +40‬‬

‫‪from -5 to +40‬‬

‫‪Weldable materials‬‬ ‫] ‪Ambient temperature range [ ° C‬‬

‫‪220VAC 60Hz‬‬ ‫‪5750‬‬

‫‪4420‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪166 Kg (366 lb‬‬

‫‪Power supply‬‬

‫‪3420‬‬

‫‪3220‬‬

‫‪2220‬‬

‫] ‪Maximum absorbed power [ W‬‬

‫‪1: protection conductor‬‬

‫‪Isolation class‬‬

‫‪Leq=79.2‬‬ ‫)‪124 Kg (273.3 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫] )‪Noise level [ dB (A‬‬ ‫)‪93 Kg (205 lb‬‬

‫)‪70 Kg (155lb‬‬

‫]‪Weight - machine with all features [kg‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪1,947‬‬

‫‪3,156‬‬

‫‪5,890‬‬

‫‪6,680‬‬

‫‪14,130‬‬

‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ] ﻣﻠﻢ [‬

‫‪ 606x365x375‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪23.9x14.4x14.8‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 685×460×420‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪ 27x18.2x16.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 850x470x400‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪33.5x18.5x15.7‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 981x586x520‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪ 38.6x23x20.5‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 1077x510x715‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪ 42.4x20x28‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫اﻟﻮزن ] آﻠﺠﻢ [‬

‫‪ 21‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪46.3‬‬ ‫رﻃﻠًﺎ(‬

‫‪ 39‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪86‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 63‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪138.9‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 86‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪189.6‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 100‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫)‪ 220.5‬رﻃ ً‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ] ﺳﻢ [‬

‫‪CHASSIS‬‬ ‫‪14,130‬‬

‫‪6,680‬‬

‫‪5,890‬‬

‫‪3,156‬‬

‫‪1,947‬‬

‫‪1077x510x715 mm‬‬ ‫)‪(42.4x20x28 in‬‬

‫‪981x586x520 mm‬‬ ‫)‪(38.6x23x20.5 in‬‬

‫‪850x470x400 mm‬‬ ‫)‪(33.5x18.5x15.7 in‬‬

‫‪685×460×420 mm‬‬ ‫)‪(27x18.2x16.5 in‬‬

‫‪606x365x375 mm‬‬ ‫)‪(23.9x14.4x14.8 in‬‬

‫)‪100 Kg (220.5 lb‬‬

‫)‪86 Kg (189.6 lb‬‬

‫)‪63 Kg (138.9‬‬

‫)‪39 Kg (86 lb‬‬

‫)‪21 Kg (46.3 lb‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫] ‪Overall thrust section [ cm‬‬ ‫] ‪Dimensions W D H [ mm‬‬ ‫] ‪Weight [ kg‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ] وات [‬

‫‪1050‬‬

‫‪900‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺪوران ] دورة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ [‬

‫‪109‬‬

‫‪73‬‬

‫‪67‬‬

‫‪22‬‬

‫‪ 375×325×280‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪ 14.8x12.9x11‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 440x450x380‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪ 17.3x17.7x15‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 600×460×390‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪23.6x18.1x15.3‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 931x615x220‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪36.6x24.2x8.7‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫ﻼ(‬ ‫‪ 9‬آﻠﺠﻢ )‪ 19.9‬رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 11‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪24.2‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 15‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪33.1‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 24‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪53‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 38‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪83.8‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬

‫‪800‬‬

‫‪1800‬‬

‫‪2000‬‬

‫‪3000‬‬

‫‪3750‬‬

‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ] ﻣﻠﻢ [‬ ‫اﻟﻮزن ] آﻠﺠﻢ [‬ ‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺘﺼﺔ ] وات [‬

‫‪1./1‬‬

1. TECHNICAL FEATURES ‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬50÷320

‫ﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬

‫ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬20 <

‫زﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬696x175x700 27.4x6.9x27.6) (‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬470×50×600 (‫ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬18.5x2x23.6)

‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬470×50×490 (‫ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬18.5x2x19.3)

‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬410×280×50 (‫ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬16.1x11x2)

39.7) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬18 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

28.7) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬13 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

17.6) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬8 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

13.2) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬6 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

6.6) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬3 (‫أرﻃﺎل‬

[ ‫ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ] ﻣﻠﻢ‬،‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ [ ‫اﻟﻮزن ] آﻠﺠﻢ‬

FACER Nominal power [ W ]

1050

Rotation speed [ RPM ]

109

375×325×280 mm (14.8x12.9x11 in)

440x450x380 mm (17.3x17.7x15 in)

600×460×390 mm (23.6x18.1x15.3 in)

931x615x220 mm (36.6x24.2x8.7 in)

9 Kg (19.9 lb)

11 Kg (24.2 lb)

15 Kg (33.1 lb)

24 Kg (53 lb)

38 Kg (83.8 lb)

Dimensions W D H [ mm ] Weight [ kg ]

900

‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ 1100

370

[ ‫اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ] وات‬

120 ÷ 0

150 ÷ 0

[ ‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ] ﺑﺎر‬

ISO 3448 68 ‫ أو‬46 ‫ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﻠﺰوﺟﺔ‬ TEXACO RANDO HDZ 46، ESSO UNIVIS N 46 SHELL TELLUS T 46 :‫اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ -

(‫ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬25.6x9.8x15.7) ‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬650x250x400

(‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫ رﻃ‬64) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬29

‫زﻳﺖ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬ [ ‫ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ] ﻣﻠﻢ‬،‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ [ ‫اﻟﻮزن ] آﻠﺠﻢ‬

HEATING PLATE Maximum absorbed power [ W ]

800

1800

2000

Temperature adjustment

Weight [ kg ]

3750

470×50×600 mm (18.5x2x23.6 in)

696x175x700 mm (27.4x6.9x27.6 in)

13 Kg (28.7 lb)

50÷320°C

Time to reach working the temperature Dimensions W D H [ mm ]

3000

< 20 min. 410×280×50 mm (16.1x11x2 in)

470×50×490 mm (18.5x2x19.3 in)

3 Kg (6.6 lb)

6 Kg (13.2 lb)

8 Kg (17.6 lb)

18 Kg (39.7 lb) ‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ [ ‫اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ ] وات‬

1100

370

120 ÷ 0

150 ÷ 0

[ ‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ] ﺑﺎر‬

ISO 3448 68 ‫ أو‬46 ‫ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﻠﺰوﺟﺔ‬ TEXACO RANDO HDZ 46، ESSO UNIVIS N 46 SHELL TELLUS T 46 :‫اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ -

(‫ ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬25.6x9.8x15.7) ‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬650x250x400

(‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫ رﻃ‬64) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬29

‫زﻳﺖ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬ [ ‫ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ] ﻣﻠﻢ‬،‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ [ ‫اﻟﻮزن ] آﻠﺠﻢ‬

HYDRAULIC GEARCASE Nominal power [ W ] Pressure range [ bar ]

370

1100

0 ÷ 150

0 ÷ 120

Viscosity class 46 or 68 ISO 3448 Recommended : TEXACO RANDO HDZ 46, ESSO UNIVIS N 46 SHELL TELLUS T 46

Hydraulic oil Dimensions W D H [ mm ] Weight [ kg ]

650x250x400 mm (25.6x9.8x15.7 in)

29 Kg (64 lb)

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬/‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬690x560x290 2.72x2.20x1.14) (‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

30.9) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬14 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬365x505x205 14.4x19.9x8.1) (‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬340x440x230 1.34x1.73x0.91) (‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬

[ ‫ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ] ﻣﻠﻢ‬،‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬

19.9) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬9 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

16.5) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬7.5 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

13.2) ‫ آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام‬6 (‫ﻼ‬ ً ‫رﻃ‬

[ ‫اﻟﻮزن ] آﻠﺠﻢ‬

FACER/HEATING PLATE SUPPORT Dimensions W D H [ mm ] Weight [ kg ]

340x440x230 mm (1.34x1.73x0.91 in)

365x505x205 mm (14.4x19.9x8.1 in)

690x560x290 mm (2.72x2.20x1.14 in)

6 Kg (13.2 lb)

7,5 Kg (16.5 lb)

9 Kg (19.9 lb)

14 Kg (30.9 lb)

1./2

‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ‪1. TECHNICAL FEATURES‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ‪OPTIONS‬‬ ‫‪BASIC 160 V0‬‬

‫‪BASIC 200 V0‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺎت‬ ‫اﻷﻗﻄﺎر‬ ‫∅ ‪40‬‬

‫∅ ‪90‬‬

‫‪ 3.7‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 8.1‬رﻃﻞ(‬

‫∅ ‪110‬‬

‫‪ 3.2‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 7‬أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫∅ ‪125‬‬

‫∅ ‪56‬‬ ‫∅ ‪63‬‬ ‫∅ ‪75‬‬

‫‪BASIC 250 V1‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮزن ) ‪ 8‬ﻗﻄﻊ‪/‬اﻟﻘﻄﺮ ( ] آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام [‬

‫‪ 4.6‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪10.1‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬ ‫‪ 4.4‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪9.7‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬ ‫‪ 4.3‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪9.5‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬ ‫‪ 4.2‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪9.3‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬ ‫‪ 4.0‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪8.8‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫∅ ‪50‬‬

‫‪BASIC 315 V1‬‬

‫‪BASIC 355 V0‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 6.6‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪14.5‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬ ‫‪ 6.4‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪14.1‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬ ‫‪ 6.0‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪13.2‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 5.5‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪12.1‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 10.6‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪23.3‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬ ‫‪ 10.0‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪22‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬ ‫‪ 9.8‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪21.6‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‬‫‪ 10.0‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪22‬‬ ‫ﻼ(‬ ‫رﻃ ً‬ ‫‪ 9.8‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪21.6‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 2.6‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪5.7‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬ ‫‪ 2.0‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪4.4‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫‪ 5.0‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 11‬رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪ 9.1‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 20‬رﻃﻞ(‬

‫ﻼ(‬ ‫‪ 9.1‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 20‬رﻃ ً‬

‫‪ 4.5‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪9.9‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫∅ ‪160‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 3.6‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 8‬أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫∅ ‪180‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 2.6‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪5.7‬‬ ‫أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫∅ ‪200‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 8.3‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪18.3‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 7.5‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪16.5‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 6.2‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪13.6‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 4.8‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪10.6‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪ 8.3‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪18.3‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 7.5‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪16.5‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 6.2‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪13.7‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 4.8‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪10.6‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫∅ ‪225‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 3.1‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 7‬رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪ 3.1‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 7‬أرﻃﺎل(‬

‫∅ ‪250‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 9.8‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪21.6‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪ 17.6‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 39‬رﻃﻞ(‬

‫∅ ‪280‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 5.4‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪11.9‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫∅ ‪315‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫∅ ‪140‬‬

‫‪BASIC 355 V0‬‬

‫‪BASIC 250 V1‬‬

‫‪BASIC 315 V1‬‬

‫‪BASIC 200 V0‬‬

‫)رﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ 4‬ﺑﻴﻴﺰ(‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪10,6 Kg (23.3 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪10,0 Kg (22 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪9,8 Kg (21.6 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 10.3‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪22.7‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 6.4‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪41.1‬‬ ‫رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪BASIC 160 V0‬‬ ‫‪REDUCTIONS‬‬

‫] ‪Weight ( 8 pcs/diameter ) [ kg‬‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫)رﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪ 4‬ﺑﻴﻴﺰ(‬

‫‪Diameters‬‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪4,6 Kg (10.1lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 40‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪4,4 Kg (9.7 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 50‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪4,3 Kg (9.5 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 56‬‬

‫)‪6,6 Kg (14.5 lb‬‬

‫)‪4,2 Kg (9.3 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 63‬‬

‫)‪6,4 Kg (14.1 lb‬‬

‫)‪4,0 Kg (8.8 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 75‬‬

‫)‪6,0 Kg (13.2 lb‬‬

‫)‪3,7 Kg (8.1 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 90‬‬

‫)‪5,5 Kg (12.1 lb‬‬

‫)‪3,2 Kg (7 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 110‬‬

‫)‪9,1 Kg (20 lb‬‬

‫)‪5,0 Kg (11 lb‬‬

‫)‪2,6 Kg (5.7 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 125‬‬

‫)‪8,3 Kg (18.3 lb‬‬

‫)‪4,5 Kg (9.9 lb‬‬

‫)‪2,0 (Kg (4.4 lb‬‬

‫‪∅ 140‬‬

‫)‪7,5 Kg (16.5 lb‬‬

‫)‪3,6 Kg (8 lb‬‬

‫)‪6,2 Kg (13.7 lb‬‬

‫)‪6,2 Kg (13.6 lb‬‬

‫)‪2,6 Kg (5.7 lb‬‬

‫)‪4,8 Kg (10.6 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫)‪3,1 Kg (7 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪∅ 160‬‬

‫‪∅ 225‬‬

‫)‪17,6 Kg (39 lb‬‬

‫)‪9,8 Kg (21.6 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪∅ 250‬‬

‫)‪10,3 Kg (22.7 lb‬‬

‫)‪5,4 Kg (11.9 lb‬‬

‫)‪6,4 Kg (14.1 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‬‫‪-‬‬

‫‪∅ 280‬‬

‫)‪(MASTER 4 pz.‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪1./3‬‬

‫‪∅ 180‬‬ ‫‪∅ 200‬‬

‫‪∅ 315‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ‪1. TECHNICAL FEATURES‬‬

‫أداة ﻋﻨﻖ اﻟﺸﻔﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪ ،‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻤﻖ اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع ]‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻢ [‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 490×190×300‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪11.8x7.5x19.3‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫‪ 340x182x542‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬ ‫)‪ 13.4x7.1x21.3‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬

‫اﻟﻮزن ] آﻠﺠﻢ [‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫‪ 7‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 15.4‬رﻃﻞ(‬

‫‪ 9‬آﻴﻠﻮﺟﺮام )‪ 19.9‬رﻃﻞ(‬ ‫‪TOOL FOR FLANGE‬‬ ‫‪NECKS‬‬

‫‪340x182x542 mm‬‬ ‫)‪(13.4x7.1x21.3 in‬‬

‫‪300×190×490 mm‬‬ ‫)‪(11.8x7.5x19.3 in‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫]‪Dimensions W D H [mm‬‬

‫)‪9 Kg (19.9 lb‬‬

‫)‪7 Kg (15.4 lb‬‬

‫‪-‬‬

‫] ‪Weight [ kg‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ‪( ⎯ ) NA‬‬

‫‪1./4‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA‬‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ اﻟﺘﺎم ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت وﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪ /‬ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ وﻣﻨﺎوﻟﺘﻬﺎ وﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬وﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻢ ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‬

‫اﻟﻨﻘﻞ واﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ وﺟﻮد اﻟﺨﺪوش و‪/‬أو اﻟﺘﺤﺰﻳﺰات اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﺮ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ أو اﻟﺤﺎدة )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻷﻟﻮاح اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬أدوات اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ اﻟﺼﺨﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪The transport, loading / unloading, handling and storage of the pipes/fittings require extreme attention, and must be done by‬‬ ‫‪means of suitable mechanical devices.‬‬

‫‪Transport and Loading‬‬

‫‪Unloading‬‬

‫‪It is essential to avoid deep scratches and/or notches on the pipes/fittings. Do not drag the pipes/fittings on rough or sharp‬‬ ‫‪surfaces (such as truck side-boards, work tools, rocky soil, etc.).‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻘﻴﺎس‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﻇﺎﺋﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮﻣﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ وﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ ‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﺸﻔﺮات ﺣﺎدة ﺑﺪرﺟﺔ آﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪2./1‬‬

2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

.‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻄﻼء‬ ‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻣﺘﺮ رﻗﻤﻴًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﻌﺪة‬

.‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺤﺎم اﺧﺘﺒﺎري‬

‫اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‬

BEFORE WELDING Measuring Instruments:

Verify their functionality.

Timer

Manometer

Thermometer

Verify its functionality. Facer Be sure the blades are sharp enough.

Verify the integrity of the coating. Heating plate

Use a digital thermometer to check if the temperature set has indeed been reached.

2./2

2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

Joint

Make a test welding.

2./3

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎف‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷﻣﻄﺎر أو اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺮﻳﺎح اﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ أو درﺟﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ أو اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻇﺮوف اﻟﻄﻘﺲ‬

‫إذا آﺎن ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋًﺎ رﻓﻊ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻋﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻮﻗﺪات اﻟﻠﺤﺎم أو اﻟﻤﻮاﻗﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة‪.‬‬

‫‪The welding must take place in a dry place.‬‬ ‫‪Protect the welding in case of rain, high humidity, strong wind,‬‬ ‫‪very low or very high temperatures.‬‬

‫‪Weather conditions‬‬

‫‪It is forbidden to raise the temperature of the welding by means‬‬ ‫‪of blowlamps or burners put in direct contact with the surfaces‬‬ ‫‪to be welded.‬‬

‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬ ‫أ( ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻘﻄﺮ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ اﻻﺳﻤﻲ ) ‪( D‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﺴﻤﻚ اﻻﺳﻤﻲ ) ‪( s‬‬

‫‪.2.2.1‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﺎ‬

‫‪.2.2.2‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ ذات اﻟﺸﻜﻞ اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎوي‬

‫‪.2.2.3‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﺪوش واﻟﺘﺤﺰﻳﺰات‬

‫‪.2.2.4‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬

‫‪.2.2.5‬‬

‫اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬

‫ﺛﺒﺖ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ اﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎك )وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺴﺤﺐ ‪.( Pt‬‬

‫‪.2.2.6‬‬

‫ﺳﺪادات اﻟﺮﻳﺎح‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﺳﺪادات اﻟﺮﻳﺎح ﻋﻨﺪ اﻷﻃﺮاف ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻜﺪس‪.‬‬

‫ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺤﺘﺮم ‪ D‬و‪ s‬ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬ ‫واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ب( ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺠﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ) ‪.( σ‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎوﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪x100‬‬

‫‪D m a x -D m i n‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺤﺘﺮم ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫‪x100‬‬

‫‪h‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺤﺘﺮم ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ = h‬ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﺨﺪش‪/‬اﻟﺤﺰ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻒ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ واﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪2./4‬‬

2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ :‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﻗﺎة ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت اﻟﺜﻼث وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﻄﺎق اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬ .‫واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ‬

.2.2.7

‫اﻟﻀﻮء‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎذاة اﻟﻤﺤﻮر‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮازي‬

.‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت‬/‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‬ Pt ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬

.P5‫ و‬P1 ‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن داﺋﻤًﺎ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬

2.2.8

SET UP a) They must have same nominal outside diameter ( D ) 2.2.1.

same nominal thickness ( s ) Pipes/fittings to be welded

D and s must respect the tolerance range established by the National Legislation and regulations in force. b) They must have the same product sigma ( σ ). The oval-shaped percentage

2.2.2.

D m a x -D m i n D

Oval-shaped pipes

x100

must respect the tolerance range established by the National Legislation and regulations in force. The percentage

2.2.3.

h s

Scratches and notches

x100

must respect the tolerance range established by the National Legislation and regulations in force. (h = scratch/notch depth). Accurately clean the internal and external surfaces of the ends to be welded.

2.2.4.

Cleaning

2.2.5.

Rollers

Sustain the pipes with rollers in order to reduce fiction (and therefore reduce the dragging pressure Pt ).

2.2.6.

Wind plugs

Apply the wind plugs to the ends not being welded in order to avoid a stack effect.

Use only the cleaning products recommended by the pipe/fitting producer.

While fastening check: These three conditions must be met according to the range established by the National Legislation and regulations in force.

2.2.7.

Parallelism

Axle alignment

Light Must be measured with pipe/fitting fastened in the clamps.

2.2.8

Dragging pressure Pt

Must always be inferior to P1 and P5.

2./5

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ‪2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA‬‬ ‫دورات اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺈﻋﺪادهﺎ وﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ‪:‬‬ ‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺨﺮزة‪،‬‬

‫اﻟﻀﻐﻮط‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮل آﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم )وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺮآﺐ وﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ( ﻣﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ ‪ ،9‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻄﺎر اﻷآﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫دورة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬

‫‪:P1‬‬

‫اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬

‫‪:P2‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫‪:P5‬‬

‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫‪:Pt‬‬

‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺴﺤﺐ )اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎك ‪ -‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻢ ﻗﺮاءﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬

‫‪:t1، t2، …، t6‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس(‬

‫ﻃﻮل اﻟﻤﺮاﺣﻞ ‪6 ،… ،1،2‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﻘﺎرب اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﻤﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻘﺪارﻩ )‪(P1+Pt‬‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﺨﺮز إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب )‪ (UNI 10520‬أو اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب )‪.(DVS 2207‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻞ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺼﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ، P2‬اﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻞ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫هﺎم!‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘًﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ أﺛﻨﺎء ﺧﻔﺾ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬إذا‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﺧﻼل أﻗﺼﻰ وﻗﺖ ‪ ، t3‬ﺑﺪون إﺗﻼف‬

‫ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ ‪ t2‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪث ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄآﻴﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺨﺮز‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪ .‬اﺟﻤﻊ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻊ زﻳﺎدة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻴًﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻣﻨﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﺮب اﻟﻤﻔﺮط ﻟﻠﻤﺎدة اﻟﺬاﺋﺒﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻬﺬﻩ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪.‬ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ ( P5+Pt‬ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ ‪ t5‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻚ اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ وأﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ أي ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ t6‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ أو اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮط ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺠﺎل اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬اﺣﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻄﺮ أو اﻟﺮﻳﺎح أو أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪2./6‬‬

‫‪ ،‬واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ‬

‫)‪ ، (P5+Pt‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪.t4‬‬

2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ WELDING CYCLES Following are the welding parameters that the operator must set and control afterwards: Heating plate temperature,

Pressures,

Bead dimension,

Length of each phase.

The formulas required to calculate the welding parameters (according to the compound and the welding standards being used) are illustrated in Chapter 9, as well as the parameters for the most common diameters. SIMPLE PRESSURE WELDING CYCLE

P1:

Approach and pre-heating pressure

P2:

Maximum heating pressure

P5:

Welding pressure

Pt:

Dragging pressure (pressure required to overcome friction - must be read by the operator on the gearcase manometer)

t1, t2, …, t6:

Length of Phases 1,2, …, 6

Phase 1 Approach and Pre-heating. Approach both ends to be welded to the heating plate at the (P1+Pt) pressure, and wait until the beads reach the required width (UNI 10520) or height (DVS 2207). Phase 2 Heating. Reduce pressure to P2 maximum value, sufficient to keep the ends in touch with the heating plate for the entire t2 time. IMPORTANT! The ends to be welded MUST NOT detach from the heating plate while the pressure is being reduced. If that happens, the welding must absolutely be repeated. Phase 3 Removal of heating plate. Remove the heating plate within the maximum t3 time, without damaging the beads. Phase 4 Reach of welding pressure. Get both ends together while gradually increasing the pressure up to (P5+Pt) value, during t4 time. Prevent an excessive leakage of melted material while performing this phase. Phase 5 Welding. Keep both ends together at the (P5+Pt ) pressure for the entire t5 time. Phase 6 Cooling. The joint must not be removed or suffer any sort of mechanical strain for the entire t6 time. Do not use water or compressed air to rush cooling. Protect the joint from rain, wind or excessive sunlight.

2./7

2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫دورة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺰدوج‬ .‫ ﻣﻠﻢ أو ﻳﻔﻮق ذﻟﻚ‬20 ‫ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﻌﺎدل‬PE 100 ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم دورة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺰدوج ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﺎم‬ .(‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم دورة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ )اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬،‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬20 ‫ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬PE 100 ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﺎم‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮاﺣﻞ اﻷرﺑﻊ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ )ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪورة‬ .(‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬

:‫ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺘﻴﻦ‬.‫ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬5/6 ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬t5 ‫( ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ‬P5+Pt) ‫ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬.1 .‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬t6 ‫ وﺣﺎﻓﻆ اﻟﻤﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ‬P6 ‫ ﻗﻠﻞ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬.2 .‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬t7 ‫ ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻚ اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ وأﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ أي ﻧﻮع ﻣﻦ أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬.‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ DUAL PRESSURE WELDING CYCLE The Dual Pressure cycle is used when welding PE 100 with thickness equal or superior to 20mm. When welding PE 100 with thickness inferior to 20mm, use the Simple Pressure cycle (previous page).

The first four phases are identical (with respect to the simple pressure cycle).

Phases 5/6 Welding. The welding phase happens in two moments: 1. Keep both ends together at the (P5+Pt) pressure for the entire t5 time. 2. Reduce pressure to P6 value and maintain the contact for the entire t6 time. Phase 7 Cooling. The joint must not be removed or suffer any sort of mechanical strain for the entire t7 time.

2./8

2. WELDING GENERAL CRITERIA ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

:‫ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‬

.‫ إﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻹﺟﺮاءات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺪورات اﻟﺘﺪرﻳﺒﻴﺔ‬،‫اﺗﺒﻊ داﺋﻤًﺎ إﺟﺮاءات اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ‬

Control the joint:

Always follow the working procedures established by the National Legislation and regulations in force, as well as those learnt during the training courses.

2./9

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮآﺔ‬ (*) ‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﺎس اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﺎس اﻟﻌﻠﻮي‬ ‫وﺻﻼت اﻹﻗﺮان اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬

.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 ‫ اﻟﻔﻚ اﻟﻌﻠﻮي‬.8 ‫ اﻟﻔﻚ اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬.9

BASIC ‫ و‬BASIC 160 ‫)*( ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻞ‬ .200

CHASSIS 10. Movable carriage 11. Heating plate release plaques (*) 12. Lower piston rod 13. Clamp fastener 14. Dragging bars 15. Upper piston rod 16. Quick-coupling connections 17. Upper jaw 18. Lower jaw

(*) Not featured in the BASIC 160 and BASIC 200 models.

1 3./1

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬

2 5 4

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ ‫ آﺒﻞ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬.1 ‫ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﻴﺪ‬.2 ‫ اﻟﻤﺤﺮك‬.3 (‫ أﺧﻀﺮ )ﻣﺤﺮك‬- ‫ زر اﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻲ‬.4 (‫ أﺣﻤﺮ )ﻣﺤﺮك‬- ‫ زر اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻲ‬.5 ‫ اﻟﺬراع اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻊ‬.6 ‫ زر ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻲ‬.7 ‫ ﺷﻮآﺔ دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﺎس‬.8 ‫ اﻟﺸﻔﺮة‬.9 ‫ ﻗﺮص اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬.10

6 7

10 9

2 5 4

FACER 11. Power supply cable 12. Handgrip 13. Motor 14. Start push button - green (motor) 15. Stop push button - red (motor) 16. Blocking lever 17. Circuit breaker push button 18. Fork for piston rod support 19. Blade 20. Facer disk

6 7

10 9

3./2

‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ ‪3. PARTS DESCRIPTION‬‬

‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪.1‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻣﺘﺮ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري(‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري ‪) DIGITAL DRAGON‬ﻃﺎﻟﻊ § ‪(3/.4‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻤﺎر دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﺎس‬ ‫اﻟﻠﻮح‬

‫‪3./3‬‬

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬ HEATING PLATE

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Power plug Handgrip Welding temperature control thermometer (independent from thermoregulator) Thermoregulator DIGITAL DRAGON (see § 4./3) Pin for piston rod support Plate

. 1

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬/‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﻴﺪ‬.1 ‫ ﻣﺒﻴﺖ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬.2 ‫ ﻣﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬.3 2

3./4

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬ .

FACER/HEATING PLATE SUPPORT 4. 5. 6.

Handgrip Heating plate housing Facer housing

3./5

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬

3 1

4 5

‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺪادة ﺧﺰان اﻟﺰﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺎم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺎم أﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰﻳﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼت اﻹﻗﺮان اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬

7 6

3 1

4 5

HYDRAULIC GEARCASE 8. Oil tank plug 9. Pressure discharge valve 10. Maximum pressure valve 11. Distributor lever 12. Oil pressure manometer 13. Hydraulic hoses 14. Quick-coupling connectors

7 6

3./6

.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬

(3 ‫اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ )ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬/‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬:1 (2 ‫ ووﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬1 ‫اﻟﺜﻮاﻧﻲ )ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬/‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬:2 ‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬:3 ‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬/‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺑﺪء اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ‬:4 ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬/‫ ﻋﺮض‬- ‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻌﻄﻞ‬:5 ‫ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬:6 ‫اﻟﺜﻮاﻧﻲ‬/‫ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬:T1 ‫وﺿﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺜﻮاﻧﻲ‬/‫ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬:T2 ‫وﺿﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬/‫ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬:T3 ‫وﺿﻊ‬

TIMER 1: Hours/minutes adjustment key (in TIMER 3 mode) 2: Minutes/seconds adjustment key (in TIMER 1 and TIMER 2 modes) 3: Reset key 4: Countdown start/interrupt key 5: Multifunction key – display/adjustment hour-alarm 6: TIMER keys T1 mode: Minutes/seconds setup T2 mode: Minutes/seconds setup T3 mode: Hours/minutes setup

3./7

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ‬ .(T1، T2، T3) 6 ‫اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬ ‫ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ اﻟﻌﺪ‬.‫ ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ‬4 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬.(T1، T2) ‫اﻟﺜﻮاﻧﻲ‬/‫( أو ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬T3) ‫اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬/‫ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬2 ‫ أو‬1 ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ ‫ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬4 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬.(‫ ﺳﻴﻘﻮم اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﻘﻴﺎس وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ‬.4 ‫اﻟﺘﻨﺎزﻟﻲ وإﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ .‫ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‬4 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬.‫اﻟﻌﺪ اﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪم‬ .(‫اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‬/‫ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ) ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ ذاآﺮة اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬5 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬.(‫اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬/‫ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ) ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ذاآﺮة اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬5 ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ :‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬ .‫اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬/‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻣﺾ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬.‫ن‬ ٍ ‫ ﺛﻮا‬3 ‫ ﻟﻤﺪة‬5 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬،‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ .‫ ﻟﻠﺘﺄآﻴﺪ‬5 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬.‫ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬2 ‫ وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬،‫ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬1 ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ :‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ .‫اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬/‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻣﺾ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‬.‫ ﺛﻮاﻧﻲ‬3 ‫ ﻟﻤﺪة‬5 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬،‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬1 ‫ وﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬،‫ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬2 ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬.‫ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬5.‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄآﻴﺪ‬

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

COUNTDOWN Choose the mode by pressing keys 6 (T1, T2, T3). Press key 1 or 2 to set time in terms of hours/minutes (T3) or in terms of minutes/seconds (T1,T2). Press key 4 to start countdown. Countdown may be interrupted and re-started at any time by pressing key 4. When countdown is over, timer will measure time run (second by second). Press key 4 to interrupt progressive counting. Press key 4 again to recall the time previously set. Press key 5 to display the hour ( hours/minutes buffer blinks). Press key 5 again to display the alarm ( hours/minutes buffer blinks no more). Hours adjustment: While the hour is displayed, press key 5 for 3 seconds. Hours/minutes will blink. Press key 1 to set the hour, and key 2 to set the minutes. Press key 5 to confirm. Alarm adjustment: While the alarm is displayed, press key 5 for 3 seconds. Hours/minutes will blink. Press key 1 to set the hour, and key 2 to set the minutes. Press key 5 to confirm.

3./8

3. PARTS DESCRIPTION ‫وﺻﻒ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬

STANDARD EQUIPMENT ‫اﻟﻤﻌﺪة اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ اﻷدوات‬.1 ‫ ﻟﻠﻤﻮدﻳﻞ‬- (‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح رﺑﻂ أﻟﻦ )ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ وﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺎت‬.2 .‫ ﻓﻘﻂ‬BASIC 200‫ و‬BASIC 160 (‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح رﺑﻂ ﺻﻨﺪوﻗﻲ )ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت‬.3 ‫ آﺘﻴﺐ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام واﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬.4 6

Tool bag

Allen

‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻐﻴﺎر‬

key

wrench

(used

assembly

and

disassembly the reductions) – only for BASIC 160 and BASIC 200 models. 9.

Socket wrench (used to fasten the clamps)

10. Use and maintenance handbook 6

11. Parts list 12. Timer 5

3./9

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻼت اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS

4./1

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﺻﻼت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻻ‬ ‫"ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت" اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ أو ً‬ ‫)ﻃﺎﻟﻊ § ‪(1‬‬

‫‪4./2‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

Control “SPECIFICATIONS” first (see § 1.)

4./3

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪ‬ ‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‬

‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺼﺪر ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ إﻟﻰ ﻓﺮط‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ )اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮح‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‪ %10+ :‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺪ اﻻﺳﻤﻲ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺜﺒﺘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ‬

‫‪BASIC 160 V0‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] ﻣﻠﻢ‪[ 2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] م [‬

‫‪BASIC 200 V0‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] ﻣﻠﻢ‪[ 2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] م [‬

‫‪BASIC 250 V1‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪات اﻟﻤﺴﻮح ﺑﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] ﻣﻠﻢ‪[ 2‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪات إﻟﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت )ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ‪ +‬ﻋﻠﺒﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ‪ +‬اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة( ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] م [‬

‫‪BASIC 315 V1‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] ﻣﻠﻢ‪[ 2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] م [‬

‫‪BASIC 355 V0‬‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] ﻣﻠﻢ‪[ 2‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮل اﻟﻜﺒﻞ ] م [‬

‫‪4./4‬‬

‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪1,5‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫‪75‬‬

‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪1,5‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‬ ‫‪2,5‬‬ ‫‪1,5‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2,5‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

‫‪ 220‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

‫‪50‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

Hydraulic gearcase – Generator set

220 V

Be sure that the power source has the requested voltage. Do not use a power source subject to frequent overvoltage (maximum admissible: +10% of the nominal tension). Use a voltage stabilizer.

BASIC 160 V0 Cable section [ mm2 ]

220 V 1,5 2.5

Cable maximum length [ m ]

BASIC 200 V0 Cable section [ mm2 ]

220 V 1,5 2.5

Cable maximum length [ m ]

BASIC 250 V1

PERMITTED EXTENSIONS: The extensions refer to the plugging of the various components (heating plate + hydraulic gearcase + facer) to one single multiple socket.

Cable section [ mm2 ]

220 V 1,5 2,5

Cable maximum length [ m ]

BASIC 315 V1

Cable section [ mm2 ]

220 V 2,5 4

Cable maximum length [ m ]

BASIC 355 V0

4./5

Cable section [ mm2 ]

220 V 4 6

Cable maximum length [ m ]

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

START UP

‫ﺑﺪء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

.(‫ﺻﻞ آﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرﻩ ﻟﻘﻴﺎس درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة )درﺟﺔ‬،‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ آﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ :(‫ن‬ ٍ ‫ ﺛﻮا‬5 ‫ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ إﺣﺪى اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺑﻌﺪ‬،(A) ‫درﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬/‫ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬ Plug the power cable to the mains socket (see specifications on the back of the thermoregulator). Once the power cable is plugged, the last temperature measure system chosen (°C/°F) shows up on the display (A), followed by one of the following words (after 5 seconds): ‫ وﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﻳﺼﻞ‬،‫ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬: (‫ )ﻣﻨﺤﻔﺾ‬LOW • ‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض‬.(‫إﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﻌﺪة )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ إﻋﺪاد درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬160 ‫ )ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ( إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺼﻞ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ‬LOW ‫اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ )ﺗﺰداد إﻟﻰ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬،(‫ درﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬320) .(‫إﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﻌﺪة‬ LOW : the thermoregulator is on, and the heating plate is reaching the temperature set (see TEMPERATURE SETPOINT MODIFICATION). The word LOW is displayed until the heating plate reaches 160°C (320°F), then followed by the temperature value of the heating plate (increasing until the temperature set is reached). ‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ‬.‫ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬:(‫ )إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬OFF • .‫ن‬ ٍ ‫ ﺛﻮا‬4 ‫إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ب ﻟﻤﺪة‬ •

•

OFF: the thermoregulator is off. Turn it on by pressing B for 4 seconds.

When the heating plate reaches the set temperature, P led starts blinking. It is now possible to proceed with the welding. .‫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‬P ‫ ﺳﺘﺒﺪأ ﻟﻤﺒﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎن‬،‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ إﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﻌﺪة‬ .‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ اﻵن ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

888

‫ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬.A ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ﻗﻴﻢ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬

A. Display The values of temperature are visualized

(‫إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬/‫" )ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬On/Off" / (‫" )أﺳﻔﻞ‬DOWN" ‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬.B ‫ﻳﻘﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ ‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬/‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ (‫درﺟﺔ ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬/‫ﻳﻌﺪل ﻧﻈﺎم ﻗﻴﺎس درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة )درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬ B. “DOWN”/ “On/Off” key Decreases the temperature value Turns the heating plate on/off Modifies the temperature measure system (°C/°F) (‫" )ﺿﺒﻂ‬Set" / (‫" )أﻋﻠﻰ‬UP" ‫ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬.C ‫ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ (‫ﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ إﻋﺪاد درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ C. “UP” / “Set” key Increases the temperature value Temperature set (see Temperature Setpoint Modification) ‫ ﻟﻤﺒﺔ ﺑﻴﺎن اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬.P ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

Q. Thermoregulation led

‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ = ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺮاري‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ = ﺗﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬

Indicates the thermoregulation status

fixed = thermoregulating blinking = temperature reached

4./6

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ Temperature setpoint modification: :‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ إﻋﺪاد درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ .‫ ﺛﻮاﻧﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‬4 ‫ ﻟﻤﺪة‬C ‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ • Keep C pressed for approximately 4 seconds until the value displayed starts blinking. .‫ ﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬B‫ و‬C ‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ • Press C and B to set the desired value. .‫ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺪة ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ وﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺬاآﺮة‬.‫ن‬ ٍ ‫• ﺣﺮر اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺣﻴﻦ واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺛﻮا‬ • Release both keys and wait for a few seconds. The value set halts to blink and is memorized. How to change the temperature measure system: :‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎم ﻗﻴﺎس درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ .‫ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬،B ‫اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ •

Keep B pressed, and only then connect the power plug. .(‫ ﺛﻮاﻧﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬4 ‫ )ﺳﻴﺒﺪأ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﻘﻴﺎس اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺑﻌﺪ‬B‫ و‬C ‫" ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬002" ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬ • • Set value “002” by using C and B (the measure system in use will start blinking after approximately 4 seconds). ‫ ﺳﺘﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ إﻋﺪادهﺎ اﻵن ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ وﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬.([ C ] ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬- [ F ] ‫ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻈﺎم ﻗﻴﺎس درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة )ﻓﻬﺮﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬B‫ و‬C ‫• اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ .‫اﻟﺬاآﺮة‬ • Press C and B to change the temperature measure system (Fahrenheit [ F ] – Celsius [ °C]). The value now set will halt to blink and will be memorized. •

Error messages: :‫رﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬ .‫ اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮآﺰ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ إذا اﺳﺘﻤﺮت اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬.‫ ﻓﺤﺎول إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري ﺛﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫إذا ﻇﻬﺮت أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ If one of the following messages appears, try turning off - turning on the thermoregulator. Contact an authorized service centre if the problem persists. .‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﺲ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة؛ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺗﺎﻟﻔًﺎ‬ :‫ﻣﺠﺲ ﻣﻔﺘﻮح‬ OP OP

Open Probe:

Out of Control: Indicates a problem with the temperature adjustment; the thermoregulator cannot adjust the temperature set.

Indicates a problem with the temperature probe; it could be damaged. ‫ﺗﺸﻴﺮ إﻟﻰ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة؛ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬ :‫ﺧﺎرج ﻋﻦ اﻟﺴﻴﻄﺮة‬ OC .‫ﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﻌﺪة‬

Shutdown instructions: :‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ .(‫ )إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬OFF ‫ إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ آﻠﻤﺔ‬B ‫ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬،‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ To turn off the heating plate, keep B pressed until the word OFF shows up. .‫ اﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬،‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬ To turn off the thermoregulator, disconnect the power plug.

4./7

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ (3/.3 §) ‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬4.4.1 .t2 ‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:1 ‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬ .(‫ )دورة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺰدوج‬t6 ‫ )دورة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ( أو‬t5 ‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:2 ‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬ 4.4.1 Set the time (§ 3./3) Timer 1: Set the heating time t2. Timer 2: Set the welding time t5 (Simple Pressure cycle) or t6 (Dual Pressure cycle). :‫ ﺣﻀﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬4.4.2 .‫ادﻓﻊ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ واﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬

Push the distributor lever to the maximum and open the carriages completely.

:‫ أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺎت‬،‫ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‬.4.4.3

4.4.3. If needed, insert the reductions:

4./8

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ BASIC 355‫ و‬BASIC 315‫ و‬BASIC 250 ‫اﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻼت‬

BASIC 200‫ و‬BASIC 160 ‫اﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻞ‬

‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺣﺰهﺎ‬R ‫ أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺔ‬.‫ ﺑﺪون رﺑﻄﻪ‬V ‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‬ .‫ﻣﻊ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻔﻚ‬ .‫ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻚ‬V ‫ارﺑﻂ اﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‬

‫ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺜﺒﺖ اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬،‫أدﺧﻞ ﻃﺮف اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺔ )اﻧﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﻬﻢ( داﺧﻞ ﺣﺰ اﻟﻔﻚ‬ .S ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎر‬ P ‫ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أن‬.‫ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎح ﺑﺎﻹدﺧﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ورﺑﻂ اﻟﺨﺎﻓﻀﺔ‬P ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬

.‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ‬،‫ﻳﻌﻮد إﻟﻰ وﺿﻌﻪ اﻷوﻟﻲ‬

.‫آﺮر اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻔﻚ اﻵﺧﺮ‬

P S

160 BASIC and 200 BASIC models Insert the V screw without fastening it. Insert the R reduction so that its groove coincides with the jaw’s bushing. Fasten the V screw to lock the reduction to the jaw. Repeat the operation with the other jaw.

250 BASIC, 315 BASIC and 355 BASIC models Insert the reduction end (see arrow) inside the jaw’s groove, so that the reduction lays on the S pin. Press P key to allow complete insertion and fastening of the reduction. Make sure that P returns to its initial position, afterwards. Repeat the operation with the other jaw.

P S

4./9

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ 3a‫ و‬2a ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺔ رﻗﻢ‬ .‫ آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎﻩ‬B ‫ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬A ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬

!‫هﺎم‬ ‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدة‬B ‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ .BASIC 200‫ و‬BASIC 160 ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻮدﻳﻞ‬

A B 1a

HOW TO WELD BETWEEN CLAMPS NUMBER 2a AND 3a Assembly the dragging bars A and the heating plate release plaques B as shown in the image below.

Important! The heating plate release plaques B are not featured in the BASIC 160 and BASIC 200 models.

A B 1a

.‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﺎ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت وﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬

Insert the elements to be welded inside the clamps and fasten them.

4./10

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ 4a‫ و‬3a ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت رﻗﻢ‬ .‫ آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎﻩ‬B ‫ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬A ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬

A A

B 1a

HOW TO WELD BETWEEN CLAMPS NUMBER 3a AND 4a Assembly the dragging bars A and the heating plate release plaques B as shown in the image below.

Important! The heating plate release plaques B are not featured in the BASIC 160 and BASIC 200 models.

A A

B 1a

.‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﺎ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت وﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ‬

4./11

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

Insert the elements to be welded inside the clamps and fasten them.

4./12

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ .4.6.1‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﺎ‬

‫‪M‬‬

‫ﺛﺒﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﺎس اﻟﻌﻠﻮي ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺬراع اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻊ ‪.M‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﺎس اﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4.6.2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻲ )أﺧﻀﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎرب اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﻤﺎ واﺟﻌﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻮاﺟﻬﺎن ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻤﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﺪون اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﺈﻓﺮاط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺮك‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4.6.3‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮد أن ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ رﻗﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ وﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﺔ )ﻣﺘﺴﺎوﻳﺔ( ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﺴﻮﻳﺔ واﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻼت‪.‬‬ ‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﺮك ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﻧﻀﻐﺎﻃﻲ )أﺣﻤﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺪون ﻟﻤﺲ أو ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺚ اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪FACING‬‬

‫‪4./13‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ 4.6.1. Position the facer in between the ends to be welded

Rest the facer on the lower piston rod.

Anchor the facer at the upper piston rod with the help of the blocking lever M.

4.6.2. Turn on the facer by pressing the start push button (green). Approach and face both ends to be welded without overstressing the motor.

4.6.3. As soon as you get a continuous and uniformed (even) chip on both ends, stop the facing and open the carriages. Shut down the motor by pressing the stop push button (red). Remove the facer and place it in its housing. Remove the chips without touching or fouling the faced ends.

4./14

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬

‫ﻗﺮاءة ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺴﺤﺐ ‪.Pt‬‬

‫‪ .4.7.1‬ادﻓﻊ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫واﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪.4.7.2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﻴﺮ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ داﺧﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬ ‫اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺪوﻳﺮ ﺻﻤﺎم اﻟﺤﺪ‬ ‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻜﺲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .4.7.3‬ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺴﺤﺐ ‪ Pt‬هﻮ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮآﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺤﺐ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻊ زﻳﺎدة اﻟﻘﻮة ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﻟﻒ ﺻﻤﺎم اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ وﺑﺼﻮرة ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬إﻟﻰ أن ﺗﺘﺤﺮك‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮآﺔ‪ .‬اﻗﺮأ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (Pt‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ وﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‪:‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻴﺎس ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ Pt‬ﻗﺒﻞ آﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫‪READING THE DRAGGING PRESSURE Pt.‬‬

‫‪4.7.1. Push the distributor lever to‬‬ ‫‪the maximum and open the‬‬ ‫‪carriages completely.‬‬

‫‪4./15‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

4.7.2. Zeroize the pressure inside the hydraulic circuit by rotating the maximum pressure valve in a counterclockwise manner.

4.7.3. L he dragging pressure Pt is the minimum pressure required to get the movable carriage in motion.

Pull the distributor lever to the maximum with gradual increasing force, and rotate the maximum pressure valve in a clockwise and gradual manner, until the movable carriage gets in motion. Read the pressure (Pt) on the manometer and write it down. Attention please: The Pt value must be measured prior to each and every welding.

‫دورة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬ .‫ﺗﺬآﺮ ﻣﻞء ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻋﻨﺪ آﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ .‫( ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬P1+Pt) ‫آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻒ ﺻﻤﺎم اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎرب‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ أﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى‬ ‫إﻟﻰ‬ .(P1+Pt)

‫ﻗﺎرب اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻼت واﺟﻌﻞ ذراع‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑًﺎ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺼﻰ‬ .‫درﺟﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬

.‫ادﻓﻊ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع واﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻼت‬

SIMPLE PRESSURE WELDING CYCLE Remember to fill out the welding report at each phase. How to set the PHASE 1 pressure (P1+Pt) on the hydraulic gearcase.

4./16

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

Approach the carriages and keep the distributor level pulled to the maximum.

Rotate the maximum pressure valve in a clockwise manner until the manometer shows that the pressure (P1+Pt) has been reached.

Push the distributor lever and open the carriages.

4./17

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‪ :‬اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬

‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮد أن ﺗﺘﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ هﻲ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫أﻏﻠﻖ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻼت وﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ .(P1+Pt‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ اﻟﺨﺮزة إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﺮض )‪ (UNI 10520‬أو اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع )‪ (DVS 2207‬اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﻴﻦ )وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم(‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺮر ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻓﻚ ﺻﻤﺎم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴًﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ ‪.P2‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ‪ P2‬ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻼﻣﺴﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫أﻏﻠﻖ ﺻﻤﺎم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﺪوﻳﺮﻩ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎرب اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ‪1‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪. t2‬‬ ‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪ ، t2‬ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔﺼﻼن أﺑﺪًا ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪ .‬إذا ﺣﺪث ذﻟﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫= ‪t2‬‬

‫‪4./18‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

PHASE 1: Approach and Pre-heating

Once you are sure that the temperature of the heating plate is the one required, insert it in between the ends to be welded. Close the carriages and keep the pressure (P1+Pt). Wait until the bead reaches the width (UNI 10520) or height (DVS 2207) required (depends on the standard being used).

Slowly release distributor lever.

PHASE 2: Heating

Unscrew the pressure discharge valve in a gradual manner until the maximum pressure P2 is reached. P2 is sufficient to keep the ends in touch with the heating plate. Close the pressure discharge valve by rotating it in a clockwise manner.

Timer 1 Wait for the t2 time to end. During the t2 time, be sure that the ends NEVER detach from the heating plate. Should this happen, the welding MUST be repeated from the beginning.

= t2

4./19

the

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫‪tmax = t3‬‬

‫‪PHASE 3: Removal of heating plate‬‬

‫‪tmax = t3‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫اﺳﺤﺐ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻣﻊ زﻳﺎدة اﻟﻘﺪرة ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (P1+Pt‬ﺧﻼل اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪. t4‬‬

‫= ‪t4‬‬

‫‪4./20‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

PHASE 4: Reach of welding pressure

Pull the distributor lever with gradual increasing force until you reach the pressure (P1+Pt) within the t4 time.

= t4

‫ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬

.‫ﺛﺒﺖ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫ن‬ ٍ ‫ ﺛﻮا‬5 = 2 ‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬

.‫ﺣﺮر ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع‬ . t5 ‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬

t5=

PHASE 5: Welding

Stabilize the pressure.

= 5 sec Timer 2 Slowly release the distributor lever. Wait for the t5 time to end.

=t5 4./21

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﻴﺮ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻒ ﺻﻤﺎم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺮد اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ إزاﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫= ‪t6‬‬

‫‪PHASE 6: Cooling‬‬

‫‪Zeroize the pressure by unscrewing the‬‬ ‫‪pressure discharge valve completely.‬‬

‫‪= t6‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اآﺘﻤﺎل اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪:‬‬ ‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت وﻓﻚ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪4./22‬‬

‫‪Wait until the joint has cooled down before‬‬ ‫‪removing it from the machine.‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ WHEN WELDING COMPLETED: Open the clamps and remove the welded pipe. Unplug the machine from the power supply at the end of operations. Disconnect the components. Clean them accurately. Put them in their supports.

‫دورة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺰدوج‬ .‫ ﻣﻠﻢ أو ﻳﻔﻮق ذﻟﻚ‬20 ‫ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﻌﺎدل‬PE 100 ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم دورة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺰدوج ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﺎم‬ .‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم دورة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬،‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬20 ‫ ﺑﺴﻤﻚ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬PE 100 ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﺎم‬ .‫ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ أدﻧﺎﻩ‬،‫اﻟﻤﺮاﺣﻞ اﻷرﺑﻊ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ )ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺪورة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ‬ .‫ﺗﺬآﺮ ﻣﻞء ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻋﻨﺪ آﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ DUAL PRESSURE WELDING CYCLE The Dual Pressure cycle is used when welding PE 100 with thickness equal or superior to 20 mm. When welding PE 100 with thickness inferior to 20 mm, use the Simple Pressure cycle. The first four phases are identical (with respect to the Simple Pressure cycle, then proceed as indicated below. Remember to fill out the welding report at each phase.

‫ اﻟﺠﺰء اﻷول‬- ‫ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺑًﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺤﺪ‬ .‫اﻷﻗﺼﻰ‬

‫ن‬ ٍ ‫ ﺛﻮا‬10 = .‫ﺣﺮر ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع‬

PHASE 5: Welding – FIRST PART

Keep the distributor lever pulled to the maximum..

= 10 sec Slowly release the distributor lever.

4./23

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ‪ -‬اﻟﺠﺰء اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ‪2‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ إﻟﻰ ‪ P6‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻒ ﺻﻤﺎم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ‪. t6‬‬

‫= ‪t6‬‬ ‫‪PHASE 6: Welding – SECOND PART‬‬

‫‪Timer 2‬‬ ‫‪Discharge pressure down to‬‬ ‫‪P6 by unscrewing the‬‬ ‫‪pressure discharge valve.‬‬ ‫‪Wait for the t6 time to end.‬‬

‫‪= t6‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺼﻔﻴﺮ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻒ ﺻﻤﺎم ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﺒﻴًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺮد اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ إزاﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫= ‪t7‬‬

‫‪4./24‬‬

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬

PHASE 7: Cooling

Zeroize the pressure by unscrewing the pressure discharge valve completely.

Wait until the joint has cooled down before removing it from the machine.

= t7 .‫اﻓﺘﺢ اﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت وﻓﻚ اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻮﻣﺔ‬ .‫ﻓﻚ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬ .‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬ .‫ﻧﻈﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ .‫ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‬ .‫اﻣﻞء ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﻋﻨﺪ اآﺘﻤﺎل آﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

Open the clamps and remove the welded pipe. Unplug the machine from the power supply at the end of operations. Disconnect the components. Clean them accurately. Put them in their supports. Fill in the welding report as each welding phase is completed.

4./25

‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬

‫‪5. MAINTENANCE‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ آﻞ ﻣﻜﻮن ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم واﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ واﻷوﺳﺎخ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Each and every component must be cleaned meticulously, at the end of operations. Protect them against collision, liquids and dirt.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼت ووﺻﻼت اﻹﻗﺮان اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻮﺻﻼت واﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼت داﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻣﻨﻊ وﺟﻮد اﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ واﻟﺮﻣﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد اﻟﻘﻮاﺑﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻮﺻﻼت‬ ‫واﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼت‪.‬‬

‫‪QUICK-COUPLING CONNECTIONS AND CONNECTORS‬‬

‫‪Keep connections and connectors clean at all times.‬‬ ‫‪Prevent earth or sand in the hydraulic circuit by keeping the plugs on the connectors‬‬ ‫‪and connections.‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻀﺒﺎن اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﺎدم‪.‬‬ ‫‪CHASSIS‬‬ ‫‪Keep cylinder rods clean at all times. Protect them against collision.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫‪HYDRAULIC GEARCASE‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ آﻞ ‪ 1000‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺎم ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة آﻞ ﻋﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺰﻳﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻠﻮﺛًﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺧﺬﻩ إﻟﻰ أﻗﺮب ﻣﻜﺎن ﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺨﻄﻴﺮة‪(.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺰﻳﻮت اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 5‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة آﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺼﺎ اﻟﻘﻴﺎس‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :A‬ﻏﻄﺎء اﻟﺨﺰان ﻣﻊ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻗﻴﺎس‬ ‫اﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪5./1‬‬

5. MAINTENANCE

Completely replace oil each 1000 weldings and at least once a year. (Used oil is very pollutant: take it to the nearest hazardous waste collection site.)

‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬

Use recommended oils only (see page 5 for specifications). Check the oil level once a month. It must reach the level mark at the dipstick. A: Tank cap with oil dipstick.

‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ .‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ وﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺨﺎص ب )ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻄﻼء( ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬ HEATING PLATE Clean and place the heating plate in its housing (for coating protection) after operations. FACER

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬

.‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺸﻔﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮرة دورﻳﺔ‬ .‫ﻧﻈﻒ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة وﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬

Replace both blades periodically. Clean and place the facer in its housing after operations.

5./2

6. TROUBLE SHOOTING

‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ أو إﻟﻰ‬Ritmo ‫ ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺈرﺳﺎل اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮآﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬،(‫ وﺣﺪث ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻄﻞ )ﺑﻐﺾ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ أو ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ‬،‫ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬BASIC ‫إذا آﺎن اﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﻻ ﻳﺰال ﺳﺎرﻳًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺨﻮﻳﻞ‬.‫ أو أي ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﺼﺮح ﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻮل ﺳﻴﺆدي إﻟﻰ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻀﻤﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر‬،‫ أي ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺮح ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺮآﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬ .‫ ووﺟﻮد اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ‬Ritmo ‫ وﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ‬Ritmo ‫اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺑﺼﻮرة آﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ وﺟﻮد ﺧﺘﻢ‬ .‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬ If your BASIC machine is still under warranty, and a malfunctioning (regardless of its type or nature) happens, send the machine to Ritmo’ s Service Center, or to an authorized one. Any unauthorized intervention, or authorized intervention done by non authorized personnel will immediately abort the warranty. Valid authorizations are done by writing, bear Ritmo’ s stamp and a Ritmo’ s employee signature, and are dated. Unplug the machine from the power source before working on the electrical components. CHASSIS

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ .‫ ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﺰﻳﺖ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬

.‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼت اﻹﻗﺮان اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻠﺔ‬/‫أﺣﻜﻢ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ أو وﺻﻼت‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

:‫ ﺑﻠﻲ‬/ ‫ﺣﻞ‬ ‫ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬‫ وﺻﻼت اﻹﻗﺮان اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬/ ‫ ﻣﻮﺻﻼت‬-

.‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮآﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬

.‫ﺣﺸﻮات اﻷﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‬

PROBLEM: Oil leakage. PROBABLE CAUSE

SOLUTION

Loosening / wear of: - hydraulic fittings - quick-coupling connections / connectors

Tighten the hydraulic fittings or the quick-coupling connections-connectors loosened.

Hydraulic cylinders gaskets damaged.

Contact an authorized service center.

Replace worn-out fittings.

6./1

‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫‪6. TROUBLE SHOOTING‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﺺ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺤﺮآﺔ ﻣﻊ وﺟﻮد ﻗﻮة ﺣﺮآﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ آﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬

‫‪.1‬‬

‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس ﻋﻨﺪ ارﺗﻔﺎع ‪) h‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ(‪.‬‬

‫وﺟﻮد هﻮاء ﻓﻲ أﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ هﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة أو أآﺜﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣﺮك ﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﻒ وإﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﺎم ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻬﻮاء‪.‬‬

‫‪6./2‬‬

6. TROUBLE SHOOTING

‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

PROBLEM: Lack of pressure. Movable carriage with insufficient movement force. PROBABLE CAUSE

SOLUTION

Position the gearcase at a h height (gearcase ought to be higher than the chassis).

Air in one or both hydraulic cylinders.

Move the machine carriage back and forward by activating the distributor lever, until air is eliminated.

6./3

‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫‪6. TROUBLE SHOOTING‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫‪HYDRAULIC GEARCASE‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ أو آﺒﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻓﺤﺺ أﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ ،‬أﺻﻠﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ آﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻪ إذا آﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺸﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ اﻟﻤﺨﻄﻄﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪PROBLEM: The gearcase does not work.‬‬ ‫‪PROBABLE CAUSE‬‬

‫‪SOLUTION‬‬ ‫‪Check the plug contacts; restore them if necessary.‬‬

‫‪Plug or connection cable interrupted.‬‬

‫‪Check the power cable; replace it if worn out.‬‬ ‫‪Check the electrical system (see electrical diagrams).‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ :‬ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻀﻐﻂ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ووﺟﻮد ﺣﺮآﺎت ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ وﺑﻌﻴﺪة ﻹﺑﺮة اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻏﺸﺎء اﻟﻤﺮاآﻢ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻜﺴﻮر‪.‬‬

‫‪Failure on the electrical system.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻤﺮاآﻢ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪PROBLEM: Pressure peaks, wide and abrupt movements of the manometer needle.‬‬ ‫‪PROBABLE CAUSE‬‬ ‫‪SOLUTION‬‬ ‫‪Replace the hydraulic accumulator.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﺰﻳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ‪ /‬ﺑﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬‫‪ -‬اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫‪Membrane of the hydraulic accumulator‬‬ ‫‪broken.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬ ‫اﺣﻜﻢ رﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت ‪ /‬اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت ‪ /‬اﻟﺨﺮاﻃﻴﻢ اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ اﻟﺒﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪PROBLEM: Oil leakage.‬‬ ‫‪PROBABLE CAUSE‬‬

‫‪SOLUTION‬‬

‫‪Loosening / wear of:‬‬ ‫‬‫‪hydraulic fittings‬‬ ‫‬‫‪hydraulic hoses‬‬

‫‪Tighten the hydraulic fittings / hoses loosened.‬‬ ‫‪Replace worn-out hydraulic fittings / hoses.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺰان‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺰﻳﺖ )ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺼﺎ اﻟﻘﻴﺎس(‪.‬‬

‫‪6./4‬‬

6. TROUBLE SHOOTING

‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

.‫وﺟﻮد هﻮاء ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ‬30 ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﺮك ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس ﻟﻤﺪة‬ .‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺤﺐ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع‬ .‫ ﻣﻮﺻﻼت اﻹﻗﺮان اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬- ‫ﺟﻤّﻊ وﺻﻼت‬ .‫اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮآﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬

PROBLEM: Lack of pressure. PROBABLE CAUSE Lack of oil in the tank.

.‫وﺟﻮد ﺗﻠﻮث ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬

SOLUTION Add oil (it must reach the level mark at the dipstick).

Air in the hydraulic circuit.

Activate the gearcase motor for 30 seconds by pulling the distributor lever. Unite the quick-coupling connectors - connections. Impurity in the hydraulic circuit.

Contact an authorized service center.

6./5

6. TROUBLE SHOOTING HEATING PLATE

‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ .‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

Unplug the machine from the power source before working on the electrical components. .‫ وﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺒﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬،‫ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ أو ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬:‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

‫ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

.‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

‫ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

PROBLEM: The heating plate does not heat or it is impossible to adjust the temperature, but LEDS work. PROBABLE CAUSE

SOLUTION

Thermoregulator failure

Replace the thermoregulator.

Thermoregulator failure

Replace the thermoregulator. .‫ وﻟﻤﺒﺔ اﻟﺒﻴﺎن اﻟﺨﻀﺮاء ﻣﻄﻔﺄة‬،‫ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ أو ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬:‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

‫ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

.‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

‫ﻓﺸﻞ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬

PROBLEM: The heating plate does not heat or it is impossible to adjust the temperature, and green LED is off. PROBABLE CAUSE

SOLUTION

Thermoregulator failure

Replace the thermoregulator.

Thermoregulator failure

Replace the thermoregulator.

FACER

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ .‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

Unplug the machine from the power source before working on the electrical components.

.‫ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬

‫اﻟﺤﻞ‬

‫ ﺛﻢ‬،‫اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺒﺮد اﻟﻤﺤﺮك‬ .(7) ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬

6./6

.‫اﻋﺘﺮاض ﻗﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة‬

6. TROUBLE SHOOTING

‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻷﻋﻄﺎل وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬

‫ اﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬.‫ وأﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ‬،(‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ أﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ )اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ واﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ‬ .‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ‬

.‫وﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﺔ‬ .‫آﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ‬

.‫ واﺳﺘﺒﺪﻟﻪ إذا آﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ آﺒﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ واﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ ‫ أو اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬،‫اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ‬ ‫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ‬B‫ و‬A ‫اﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻀﻴﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﺎس‬ .‫اﻟﻌﻠﻮي‬

PROBLEM: The facer does not work. PROBABLE CAUSE

Circuit breaker intervention.

Interrupted connection. Interrupted power cable.

Safety microswitch inefficient or out of place.

.‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎل أو ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬

SOLUTION

Wait until the motor has cooled down, then push the circuit breaker button (7).

Check the board contacts (electronic circuit and plug) and, if necessary, reconnect them. Check the electrical system. Check the power cable and replace it, if worn-out. Remove the protection plaque and replace the microswitch, or adjust its position using A and B screws so that the contact is closed only by positioning the facer on the upper piston rod.

‫ ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ إرﺳﺎل آﺘﻴﺐ ﻓﺤﺺ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ أﻳﻀًﺎ‬.‫ ﻟﻠﻔﺤﺺ آﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ أو إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮآﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬Ritmo ‫ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮآﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ‬BASIC ‫ﻳﺘﻢ إرﺳﺎل ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‬ .(UNI 10565 ‫)آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎر‬ Your BASIC machine and its components are to be sent to Ritmo’ s Service Center, or to an authorized one, for inspection, every two years. Be sure to send the machine’s Overhaul Book as well (as requested by the UNI 10565 standard).

6./7

7. SAFETY PRECAUTION INTRODUCTION

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ .‫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻷﻓﺮاد اﻟﻤﻬﺮة واﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﻳﻦ )*( ﻓﻘﻂ‬BASIC ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ .(UNI 9737 ،‫)*( ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪون وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن واﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ‬

‫ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻋﺘﺒﺎر أي اﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬.‫ "ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ واﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت" ووﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎت اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام واﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻮاردة هﻨﺎ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬1 ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﻮارد وﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬ .‫أو ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬/‫ و‬،‫اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻷﺧﺮى‬/‫اﻷﻃﺮاف اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬/‫ ﺣﻴﺚ إﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪوث ﺿﺮر ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬،‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﺋﻢ وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋًﺎ‬ .‫ﻳﺠﺐ أﺧﺬ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻮاردة هﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻴﻦ اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر داﺋﻤًﺎ‬ .(‫ إﻟﺦ‬،‫وﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﻨﻮع ﻣﻨﻌًﺎ ﺑﺘًﺎ إزاﻟﺔ أي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻣﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ واﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ وﻣﻮاﻧﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﺮب‬ .‫ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬Ritmo ‫ل أو ﺗﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﻘﻄﻊ ﻏﻴﺎر‬ ٍ ‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر أي ﻣﻜﻮن ﺑﺎ‬ .‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﻢ أي ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ أﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ أﻓﺮاد ﻣﻬﺮة وﻣﺆهﻠﻴﻦ‬ The use of the welding machines BASIC is intended for skilled and certified (*) personnel only. (*) Certified according to the Legislation and regulations in force (e.g., UNI 9737). The machine is to be used only for the functions described in Chapter 1 “Product Introduction and Specifications” and always according to the instructions for use and maintenance herein. Any other use shall be considered improper and is therefore forbidden, as it may cause damage to the operator/third parties/other objects, and/or to the machine itself. The Safety Precautions herein indicated must be taken into consideration at all times. It is strictly forbidden to remove each and every safety device (e.g., switches, microswitches, seals, etc.). Promptly replace any worn-out or damaged component with original Ritmo spare parts, only. Any sort of intervention on the machine must be done by authorized skilled and qualified personnel only. ELECTRICAL HAZARDS

‫اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻹﻋﺪام ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬

‫ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ ‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

:‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬

.‫ﺗﺄآﺪ داﺋﻤًﺎ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻹﻣﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‬ .‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄرﻳﺾ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‬ .‫راﻗﺐ ﻣﺎ إذا آﺎن اﻟﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﺆرض ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ أم ﻻ‬

7./1

‫‪7. SAFETY PRECAUTION‬‬

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻤﻮﻟﺪ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺣﺴﺎس )‪ IΔ=30‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ أﻣﺒﻴﺮ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻮع ‪ IEC 309‬ﻣﻊ أدﻧﻰ درﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪.IP44‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺮض إﻟﻰ اﻷﻣﻄﺎر أو إﻟﻰ أي ﺳﻮاﺋﻞ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن أﺟﻬﺰة ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺰل )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻔﺎزات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ( ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻟﻜﺒﻼت ﻣﻜﺸﻮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮاد اﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺪ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ أو ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺒﺎل اﻟﺸﺪ أو اﻷﺟﺴﺎم اﻟﺤﺎدة أو ﻟﻤﻤﺮ اﻟﻤﺮآﺒﺎت أو ﻟﻠﻤﺎرة‪ ،‬إﻟﺦ‬ ‫اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺠﺮد اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‪ ،‬أو ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻟﻔﺘﺮة ﻗﺼﻴﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬اﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻌﺎزﻟﺔ وأدﻟﺔ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻜﺒﻼت وﺟﻠﺐ اﻟﻜﺒﻼت‪.‬‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻣﺮة واﺣﺪة آﻞ ﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻒ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ وﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻌﺰل‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﺠﺎف أو اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ )اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬ ‫ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ( أو اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﺷﻄﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪات ﻣﻊ اﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ وأن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻨﻮع ‪IEC‬‬ ‫‪ ،309‬اﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ ‪ IP67‬ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺪة ﻓﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ اﻷﻣﺎن اﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ )‪ (SELV‬ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ اﻷﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬‫ اﻷﻣﺎآﻦ ﺷﺪﻳﺪة اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬‫‪ -‬اﻷﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﻤﺤﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻴﺎآﻞ اﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ أو ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮاﺿﻊ ﺑﻨﺎء اﻟﺴﻔﻦ(‬

‫‪ELECTROCUTION HAZARD‬‬ ‫‪Parts involved: HYDRAULIC GEARCASE‬‬ ‫‪FACER‬‬ ‫‪HEATING PLATE‬‬ ‫‪Be sure that the electrical specifications of the power supply correspond to the ones of the machine.‬‬

‫‪Earth the machine.‬‬ ‫‪Control if the earthed system is working properly.‬‬

‫‪7./2‬‬

7. SAFETY PRECAUTION

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

Be sure that the panel board or the generator to which the machine is connected during operations has a highly sensitive differential switch (IΔ=30mA). The panel board plugs must belong to the IEC 309 type with IP44 minimum protection degree. Do not let the machine be exposed to rain or any other liquids. Be sure that the isolating protection devices (such as the safety gloves) are perfectly dry when you use the machine. Dot not let the cables be exposed to chemical substances, mechanical strain, or general hazards such as tugs, sharp objects, or the passage of vehicles or passers-by, etc. Unplug the machine from the power source as soon as operations are over, or even momentarily suspended. Check the integrity of all components before using the machine. Pay particular attention to the isolating parts, cables, cable fairleads and cable glands. Test the proper intervention of the differential switch once a month. Thoroughly clean the machine and its components after use. Do not use substances that could damage the isolating parts, such as solvents, gasoline (combustibles in general), or abrasive liquids.

Extensions must comply with the regulations in force and be suitable for the power requested. Use only type IEC 309, IP67 plugs.

SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) equipment is required when working in: - narrow spaces - extremely damp places - sites surrounded by metal structures or water (e.g., shipyards)

7./3

7. SAFETY PRECAUTION MECHANICAL HAZARDS

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺴﺤﻖ‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬

:‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬

.Tenersi a distanza di sicurezza durante il movimento del carrello .(‫ ﻗﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔﻮر ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ذراع اﻟﻤﻮزع ﻟﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﺤﺎﻣﻼت )ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﺬراع ﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬،‫ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪوث ﺳﺤﻖ‬: !!!‫اﻧﺘﺒﻪ‬

.‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺛﺒﺎت اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬ .‫ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ وﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‬،‫ واﻟﻘﺎﻣﻄﺎت‬،‫ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﺎ‬ .‫ﻣﺎرس ﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬

.‫ارﺗ ِﺪ أﺣﺬﻳﺔ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬

CRUSH HAZARD Part involved:

CHASSIS

Tenersi a distanza di sicurezza durante il movimento del carrello. Attention !!! : When crushing happens, immediately activate the distributor lever to OPEN the carriages (the lever must go towards the manometer direction).

Be sure that the machine is stable at all times. Be sure that the elements to be welded, as well as the clamps, are correctly and well fastened. Put work safety into practice at all times.

7./4

7. SAFETY PRECAUTION

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

Always wear your safety shoes.

‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬

:‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬

.‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ .‫ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة ﺑﺤﺬر‬

.‫ارﺗ ِﺪ ﻗﻔﺎزات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬

CUTTING HAZARD Part involved:

FACER

Keep a safe distance from the machine when the facer is working. Handle the facer with caution.

Always wear your safety gloves.

‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺸﻈﺎﻳﺎ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬

:‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬

.‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬ .(‫ إﻟﺦ‬،‫ ﺣﺼﻰ‬،‫ ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻣﺨﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ )ﺗﺮاب‬.‫ﻧﻈﻒ اﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ اﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻟﺤﺎﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬

.‫ارﺗ ِﺪ ﻧﻈﺎرات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬

SPLINTERING HAZARD Part involved:

FACER

Keep a safe distance from the machine when the facer is working. Clean the ends that are going to be welded before fastening them. Be sure that no deposits remain (earth, gravel, etc.).

7./5

7. SAFETY PRECAUTION

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

Always wear your safety glasses/goggles.

7./6

‫‪7. SAFETY PRECAUTION‬‬

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻚ ‪ /‬اﻟﻮﻗﻮع ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮك‬

‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‬

‫اﻵﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮآﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮك اﻟﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺮآﺔ أو ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻷﺳﺎور واﻟﻘﻼدات‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻢ اﻟﺸﻌﺮ اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ اﻟﻔﻀﻔﺎﺿﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ارﺗ ِﺪ ﺛﻴﺎب اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ENTANGLEMENT / ENTRAPMENT HAZARD‬‬ ‫‪Parts involved: CHASSIS‬‬ ‫‪FACER‬‬ ‫‪Moving Machinery‬‬ ‫‪Keep a safe distance from the machine when the movable carriage is in motion or when the facer is working.‬‬ ‫‪Remove all your bracelets and necklaces. Gather up long hair. Do not use loose clothing.‬‬

‫‪Always wear your safety coverall.‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﺤﺮارﻳﺔ‬

‫‪THERMAL HAZARDS‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺤﺮق‬

‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ 280‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬وﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺑﺤﺬر‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺬر ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺧﺮز اﻟﻠﺤﺎم أو اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ وهﻲ ﻻ زاﻟﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪BURNING HAZARD‬‬ ‫‪HEATING PLATE‬‬

‫‪Part involved:‬‬ ‫‪280° C‬‬

‫‪7./7‬‬

7. SAFETY PRECAUTION

‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬

Keep a safe distance from the heating plate when it’s switched on, and handle it with prudence. Clean the heating plate with maximum caution. Do not touch the welding bead or the areas around it while they are still hot.

.‫ارﺗ ِﺪ ﻗﻔﺎزات اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬

Always wear your safety gloves.

‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‬

‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

:‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬

.‫ إﻟﺦ‬،‫ ﻏﺎزات‬،‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ أﺟﻮاء ﺗﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد ﻏﺎزات ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ اﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬ .‫ إﻟﺦ( ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬،‫ اﻟﻄﻼء‬،‫ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﺠﺎف‬،‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﻮد اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة واﻟﻤﻮاد ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ اﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎل )ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺰﻳﻮت‬

FIRE HAZARD Part involved:

HEATING PLATE

Do not use the machine in atmospheres subject to explosion for the presence of inflammable vapors, gazes, etc. Keep heat-sensitive and inflammable substances (such as oils, solvents, paint, etc.) out of the heating plate reach.

7./8

8. WORKPLACE HYGIENE INTRODUCTION

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮاﺟﻊ‬

"‫ "ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ اﻹﺟﺮاءات ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺻﺤﺔ وﺳﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬: CE/2007/30 ‫اﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬ "‫ "اﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ واﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬:D. Lgs. 09/04/2008 n° 81 D. Lgs. 14/08/96 n° 494"‫ "ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺔ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﺼﺤﺔ واﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﺒﻨﺎء اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺘﺔ وأﻣﺎآﻦ اﻟﺒﻨﺎء اﻟﻤﺘﻨﻘﻠﺔ‬: REFERENCES • • •

Directive 2007/30/CE : “Improvement of measures to protect the health and safety of workers in the workplace” D. Lgs. 09/04/2008 n° 81: ”Healthcare and safety at work” D. Lgs. 14/08/96 n° 494: “Mimimum safety and health requirements to be observed at temporary and mobile construction sites”

.‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد أﺷﺨﺎص ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

Do not admit unauthorised persons in the workplace.

.‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻹﺿﺎءة اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ واﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

Suitable and sufficient lighting must be provided in the workplace.

.‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ وﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬ ..‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﻮاة وﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺒﻴﺘﺎت اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬

Keep the workplace clean and tidy at all times. Put the facer and the heating plate in their housings after use..

HANDLING HAZARDS

‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﻤﻨﺎوﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺴﺤﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪة اﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬

:‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬

.‫ارﺗ ِﺪ ﺧﻮذ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ داﺋﻤًﺎ‬

8./1

• •

8. WORKPLACE HYGIENE

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

CRUSH HAZARD Part involved:

LIFTING EQUIPMENT

Always wear your safety helmets.

‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎوﻟﺔ اﻟﻴﺪوﻳﺔ‬

:‫ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎوﻟﺔ اﻟﻴﺪوﻳﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎوﻟﺔ اﻟﻴﺪوﻳﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬

RISK OF INJURIES When: MANUAL HANDLING

Proper manual handling

Improper manual handling

8./2

8. WORKPLACE HYGIENE CHEMICAL HAZARDS

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺘﺴﻤﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت‬/‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ‬

:‫اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬

.‫أو اﻧﻔﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻗﺘﺮاﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬/‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ أو اﺷﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ أﺑﺨﺮة ﺳﺎﻣﺔ و‬/‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﺤﻢ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‬ .‫ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻰ درﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺬر ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻮاد اﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺎدة ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ .‫ وﻋﻦ اﻷﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﺴﺨﻨﺔ واﻟﻠﻬﺐ اﻟﺤﺮ‬،‫ أﺑﻌﺪهﺎ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﺮارة ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬‫ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬‫ ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬-

POISON HAZARD EXPLOSION HAZARD Parts involved: PIPES/FITTINGS CONSUMABLES Do not weld pipes/fittings which contain or have contained substances that may produce toxic and/or explosive vapours when close to heat. Handle with maximum care all toxic substances normally used during pre-welding operations. Keep them away from heat in general, and from heated surfaces and free flames Do not smoke near them Ensure adequate ventilation of the workplace

OTHER HAZARDS

‫اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﻷﺧﺮى‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‬

:‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬

.‫ارﺗ ِﺪ دﺋﻤًﺎ واﻗﻴﺎت اﻷذن اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‬

NOISE HAZARD Where: Workplace with high level of noise

Always wear your ear protectors.

8./3

‫‪9. WELDING PARAMETERS‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫‪9.1 PIPE/FITTING FEATURES‬‬

‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت‬

‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت اﻟﻮارد ﻓﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ )‪ ،(SDR‬اﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ )‪ ،(S‬اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻻﺳﻤﻲ )‪ ،(NP‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت‪:‬‬ ‫‪ :D‬اﻟﻘﻄﺮ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪ :s‬ﺳﻤﺎآﺔ اﻟﺠﺪار )اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻴﺎرًا ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎس(‬

‫‪The pipe/fitting classification in Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR), Series (S), Nominal‬‬ ‫‪Pressure (NP), as well as the welding parameters, they all depend on the dimensions of‬‬ ‫‪the pipe/fitting:‬‬ ‫‪D: Outside diameter‬‬ ‫)‪s: Wall thickness (use a calibre to measure‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ اﻟﺼﻴﻎ واﻟﻨﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ اﻋﺘﺒﺎرهﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫‪These are the formulas and ratios to be taken into consideration:‬‬

‫⎞ ‪1⎛D‬‬ ‫⎟‪⎜ − 1‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫‪2⎝ s‬‬

‫= ‪SDR‬‬

‫=‪S‬‬

‫‪SDR − 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪SDR = 2 × S + 1‬‬

‫=‪S‬‬

‫)ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪SDR − 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫=‪S‬‬

‫‪1⎛D‬‬ ‫⎞‬ ‫⎟‪⎜ − 1‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪2 s‬‬

‫‪SDR = 2 × S + 1‬‬

‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬

‫=‪S‬‬

‫= ‪SDR‬‬

‫)‪(Standard Dimension Ratio‬‬ ‫‪SDR‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬

‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫‪27,6‬‬ ‫‪13.3‬‬

‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪10,5‬‬

‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪17,6‬‬ ‫‪8,3‬‬

‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪13,6‬‬ ‫‪6,3‬‬

‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪7,4‬‬ ‫‪3,2‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2,5‬‬

‫‪(PN (PE 80‬‬

‫‪3,2‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪(PN (PE 100‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫‪(PN (PP‬‬

‫‪2,5‬‬

‫‪3,2‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2,5‬‬

‫‪7,4‬‬ ‫‪3,2‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪13,6‬‬ ‫‪6,3‬‬

‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪17,6‬‬ ‫‪8,3‬‬

‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪10,5‬‬

‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪27,6‬‬ ‫‪13.3‬‬

‫‪33‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫‪41‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪SDR‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪3,2‬‬

‫)‪PN (PE 80‬‬

‫‪32‬‬

‫‪25‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪8‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫)‪PN (PE 100‬‬

‫‪20‬‬

‫‪16‬‬

‫‪12,5‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪6‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪4‬‬

‫‪///‬‬

‫‪3,2‬‬

‫‪2,5‬‬

‫)‪PN (PP‬‬

‫درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‪)20‬اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻻﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫)‪(Nominal Pressure at 20° C‬‬

‫ﺳﻮف ﺗﺠﺪ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﺪاول اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻄﺎر واﻟﺴﻤﺎآﺔ اﻷآﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋًﺎ‪ ،‬وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻤﻌﺮوﻓﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﺮوس اﻟﻬﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺮب وﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ‪) P1‬ﻳﻌﺎدل ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫‪ (P5‬ﻣﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺴﺤﺐ )‪ (Pt‬اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺎآﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪9./1‬‬

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ‬،‫ إذا ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‬.‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻻﺳﻤﻴﺔ‬/‫ ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﺘﺄآﺪ اﻟﻤﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻦ أن اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺠﺪاول اﻟﻮاردة هﻨﺎ‬:2 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم داﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻴﺎرًا‬.(‫ ﺗﺄآﺪ ﻣﻦ أن اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺮم ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ اﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺴﺎرﻳﺔ‬،‫ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ )ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ .‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎس‬ .‫ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ اﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻇﺮوف اﻟﻄﻘﺲ اﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬،‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬20 ‫ اﻟﺼﻴﻎ واﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ هﻨﺎ ﺗﺴﺮي ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ‬:3 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .[‫ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬s‫ و‬D ‫ ﻳﺠﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ داﺋﻤًﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ اﻟﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ واﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺎت‬:4 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ .‫ ﺳﻮف ﺗﺠﺪ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﺎت ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﺳﻴﺮ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬،‫ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

In the following pages you will find the formulas to calculate the welding parameters, as well as comprehensive tables for the most common diameters and thicknesses, according to well known welding standards. NOTE 1: The value to be set on the hydraulic gearcase in PHASE 1 is given by the addition of the approach and pre-heating pressure P1 (equal to the welding pressure P5) with the dragging pressure (Pt) measured by the operator directly on the machine. NOTE 2: Before using the charts herewith, the operator must be sure that the real dimensions of the pipe/fitting match with the nominal ones. If they don’t, then the welding parameters must be calculated using the given formulas (in this case, be sure that the real dimensions respect the tolerance range accepted by the regulations in force). Always use a caliber to measure. NOTE 3: The formulas and the values herewith given apply to a welding ambient of 20° C, with adequate protection against adverse weather conditions. NOTE 4: Pipe/fitting D and s values must always be expressed in millimetres [mm]. Next to the general formula, you’ll find the calculations for a commercial pipe.

‫( أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻐﻂ‬P5 ‫ )ﺗﻌﺎدل داﺋﻤًﺎ‬P1 ‫ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ أﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ أﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم إذا آﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬PE 80 ‫( اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻠﺤﺎم‬UNI-10520 (01/97 ‫ اﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬: !!!‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ اﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬ .Pt ‫اﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬

ATTENTION PLEASE!!! : UNI-10520 (01/97) regulation for PE 80 welding establishes that the welding must not be performed if P1 (always equal to P5) is inferior to the dragging pressure Pt.

9./2

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

(UNI 10520 (01/97): PE 80 (MRS 8 ‫ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬.9.2

(PE 80 (MRS 8) – UNI 10520 (01-97 9.2. HOW TO CALCULATE THE WELDING PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO UNI 10520 (01/97): PE 80 (MRS 8)

PE 80 (MRS 8) – UNI 10520 (01-97) ‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬12‫ ﻣﻠﻢ و‬0 ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬s ‫ درﺟﺎت ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬10 ± ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬T = 210 ‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬12 ‫ أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬s ‫ درﺟﺎت ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬10 ± ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬T = 200 HEATING PLATE TEMPERATURE T = 210° C ± 10° C when s is in between 0 mm and 12 mm T = 200° C ± 10° C when s is superior to 12 mm

‫ اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

PHASE 1: Approach and pre-heating

π × 0,015

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬

(5 ‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ]ﺳﻢ [ )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

× P1 = (D - s) × s

[‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬A = 0,5 + 0,1×s

P1 = (D - s) × s ×

0,015 × π 2

Overall thrust section [cm ] (see page 5)

Approach and pre-heating pressure

[bar]

A = 0,5 + 0,1×s [mm]

Bead width at the end of pre-heating

‫ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

PHASE 2: Heating

P2 =

P1 7,5

[bar]

t2 = 12 × s [sec]

Maximum heating pressure

Heating time

9./3

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬

P1 7,5

= P2

[‫ ]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t2 = 12 × s

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫ ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻟﻔﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

[‫ ]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t3 = 4 + 0,3 × s

PHASE 3: Removal of heating plate t3 = 4 + 0,3 × s [sec] Maximum time to remove the heating plate

‫ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

[‫ ]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t4 = 4 + 0.4 × s

PHASE 4: Reach of welding pressure t4 = 4 + 0,4 × s [sec] Time to reach the welding pressure

‫ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

PHASE 5: Welding P5 = P1 t5 = 3 + s

[bar] [min]

Welding pressure Welding time

9./4

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬ [‫]دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬

P5 = P1 t5 = 3 + s

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

(UNI 10967 (10/01): PE 100 (MRS 10 ‫ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬.9.3 9.3. HOW TO CALCULATE THE WELDING PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO UNI 10967 (10/01): PE 100 (MRS 10)

(PE 100 (MRS 10) – UNI 10967 (10/01 ‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬20.0 ‫ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬S ‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬5 ± ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬T = 215 PE 100 (MRS 10) – UNI 10967 (10/01) s inferior to 20,0 mm

HEATING PLATE TEMPERATURE T = 215°C ± 5°C

‫ ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻔﻘﺮات‬.UNI 10520 ‫( وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮن‬PE 80 (MRS 8 ‫ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ اﻟﻮارد وﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻟـ‬،(‫دورة اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﺟﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ :‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬ The welding cycle and all other parameters (except for the temperature), are identical to the ones described for PE 80 (MRS 8) according to UNI 10520. Refer to the following paragraphs: UNI 10520 ‫ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬:‫ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب وﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﺮز ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬

UNI 10520 ‫ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

UNI 10520 ‫ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻟﻔﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

UNI 10520 ‫ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

UNI 10520 ‫ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

UNI 10520 ‫ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬:‫ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ‬ ‫أدﻧﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

PHASE 1: Approach and pre-heating

As PHASE 1 of UNI 10520

Approach and pre-heating pressure Bead width at the end of pre-heating PHASE 2: Heating

As PHASE 2 of UNI 10520

Maximum heating pressure Heating time PHASE 3: Removal of heating plate

As PHASE 3 of UNI 10520

Maximum time to remove the heating plate PHASE 4: Reach of welding pressure

As PHASE 4 of UNI 10520

Time to reach the welding pressure PHASE 5: Welding

As PHASE 5 of UNI 10520

Welding pressure Welding time PHASE 6: Cooling

As PHASE 6 of UNI 10520

Minimum cooling time

9./5

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

(PE 100 (MRS 10) – UNI 10967 (10/01 ‫ ﻣﻠﻢ‬20.0 ‫ ﺗﻌﺎدل أو ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬S

PE 100 (MRS 10) – UNI 10967 (10/01) s equal or superior to 20,0 mm

‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ (‫ درﺟﺎت ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬10+ ÷ ‫ درﺟﺎت ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬5-) ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬T = 230 HEATING PLATE TEMPERATURE T = 230° C

(-5° C ÷ +10° C)

‫ اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب وﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬

π × 0,015 2

(5 ‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ]ﺳﻢ [ )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

× P1 = (D - s) × s

[‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬A = 0,5 + 0,1×s

‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﺮز ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬

PHASE 1: Approach and pre-heating

P1 = (D - s) × s ×

0,015 × π 2

Overall thrust section [cm ] (see page 5)

[bar]

Approach and pre-heating pressure

A = 0,5 + 0,1×s [mm]

Bead width at the end of pre-heating

‫ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬

P1 7,5

= P2

[‫ ]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t2 = 60 + 10×s

PHASE 2: Heating P2 =

P1 7,5

[bar]

t2 = 60 + 10×s [sec]

Maximum heating pressure Heating time

‫ ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻟﻔﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

PHASE 3: Removal of heating plate t3 = 10sec

Maximum time to remove the heating plate

9./6

‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t3 = 10

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t4 = 10

‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

PHASE 4: Reach of welding pressure t4 = 10 sec

Time to reach the welding pressure

1 ‫ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬ 5 ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬

P5 = P1

‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t5 = 10

5 ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

PHASE 5: Welding TIME 1 P5 = P1 [bar]

Welding pressure 5

t5 = 10sec

Welding time 5

2 ‫ وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎدﺳﺔ‬ 6 ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ 6 ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬ [‫]دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬

P1 3

= P6 t6 = 3 + s

PHASE 6: Welding TIME 2 P6 =

P1 3

[bar]

t6 = 3 + s [min]

Welding pressure 6 Welding time 6

‫ اﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫أدﻧﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬

PHASE 7: Cooling t7 = 1,5 × s [min]

Minimum cooling time

9./7

[‫ ]دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬t7 = 1,5 × s

‫‪9. WELDING PARAMETERS‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫‪ .9.4‬آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟـ ‪DVS 2207-1: HDPE‬‬

‫‪9.4. HOW TO CALCULATE THE WELDING PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO DVS 2207-1: HDPE‬‬

‫‪(PE-HD DVS 2207-1 (08/95‬‬ ‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫‪ = S‬اﻟﺴﻤﻚ‬

‫)‪PE-HD DVS 2207-1 (08/95‬‬ ‫‪HEATING PLATE TEMPERATURE‬‬

‫‪S=spessore‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‪ :‬اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب وﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬ ‫‪× P1 = (D - s) × s‬‬

‫‪π × 0,015‬‬

‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ]ﺳﻢ [ )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(5‬‬

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺨﺮز ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬ ‫‪] s‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪4.5‬‬ ‫‪7 … 4,5‬‬ ‫‪12 … 7‬‬ ‫‪19 … 12‬‬ ‫‪26 … 19‬‬ ‫‪37 … 26‬‬ ‫‪50 … 37‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع‬ ‫‪] A‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬ ‫‪0,5‬‬ ‫‪1,0‬‬ ‫‪1,5‬‬ ‫‪2,0‬‬ ‫‪2,5‬‬ ‫‪3,0‬‬ ‫‪3,5‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬

‫‪70‬‬

‫‪PHASE 1: Approach and pre-heating‬‬ ‫‪Approach and pre-heating pressure‬‬

‫‪9./8‬‬

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

P1 = (D - s) × s ×

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

0,015 × π 2

Overall thrust section [cm ] (see page 5)

[bar]

Bead height at the end of pre-heating s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50 50 … 70

Height A [mm] 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0

‫ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

= P2

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬

7,5

‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

[‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬s ‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬/‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‬ 4.5 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 7 … 4,5 12 … 7 19 … 12 26 … 19 37 … 26 50 … 37

[‫ ]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t2 45 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 70 … 45 120 … 70 190 … 120 260 … 190 370 … 260 500 … 370

PHASE 2: Heating Maximum heating pressure

P2 =

P1 7,5

[bar]

Heating time s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50 50 … 70

t2 [sec] up to 45 45 … 70 70 … 120 120 … 190 190 … 260 260 … 370 370 … 500 500 … 700

9./9

‫‪9. WELDING PARAMETERS‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻟﻔﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪] s‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪4.5‬‬ ‫‪7 … 4,5‬‬ ‫‪12 … 7‬‬ ‫‪19 … 12‬‬ ‫‪26 … 19‬‬ ‫‪37 … 26‬‬ ‫‪50 … 37‬‬ ‫‪70 … 50‬‬

‫‪] t3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪5‬‬ ‫‪6…5‬‬ ‫‪8…6‬‬ ‫‪10 … 8‬‬ ‫‪12 … 10‬‬ ‫‪16 … 12‬‬ ‫‪20 … 16‬‬ ‫‪25 … 20‬‬

‫‪PHASE 3: Removal of heating plate‬‬ ‫‪Maximum time to remove the heating plate‬‬ ‫]‪s [mm‬‬ ‫‪Pipe/fitting‬‬ ‫‪up to 4,5‬‬ ‫‪4,5 … 7‬‬ ‫‪7 … 12‬‬ ‫‪12 … 19‬‬ ‫‪19 … 26‬‬ ‫‪26 … 37‬‬ ‫‪37 … 50‬‬ ‫‪50 … 70‬‬

‫]‪t3 [sec‬‬ ‫‪up to 5‬‬ ‫‪5…6‬‬ ‫‪6…8‬‬ ‫‪8 … 10‬‬ ‫‪10 … 12‬‬ ‫‪12 … 16‬‬ ‫‪16 … 20‬‬ ‫‪20 … 25‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫‪] s‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪4.5‬‬ ‫‪7 … 4,5‬‬ ‫‪12 … 7‬‬ ‫‪19 … 12‬‬ ‫‪26 … 19‬‬ ‫‪37 … 26‬‬ ‫‪50 … 37‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬

‫‪] t4‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪5‬‬ ‫‪6…5‬‬ ‫‪8…6‬‬ ‫‪11 … 8‬‬ ‫‪14 … 11‬‬ ‫‪19 … 14‬‬ ‫‪25 … 19‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬

‫‪70‬‬

‫‪PHASE 4: Reach of welding pressure‬‬ ‫‪Time to reach the welding pressure‬‬

‫‪9./10‬‬

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50 50 … 70

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

t4 [sec] up to 5 5…6 6…8 8 … 11 11 … 14 14 … 19 19 … 25 25 … 35

‫ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ [‫ ]ﺑﺎر‬P5 = P1 ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ [‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬s ‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬/‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‬ 4.5 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 7 … 4,5 12 … 7 19 … 12 26 … 19 37 … 26 50 … 37 70 … 50

[‫ ]دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬t5 6 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 10 … 6 16 … 10 24 … 16 32 … 24 45 … 32 60 … 45 80 … 60

PHASE 5: Welding Welding pressure

P5 = P1 [bar] Welding time s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50 50 … 70

t5 [min] up to 6 6 … 10 10 … 16 16 … 24 24 … 32 32 … 45 45 … 60 60 … 80

9./11

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

DVS 2207 – 11 (02/99): PP ‫ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟـ‬.9.5 9.5. HOW TO CALCULATE THE WELDING PARAMETERS ACCORDING TO DVS 2207 – 11 (02/99): PP

(PP – DVS 2207–11 (02/99 ‫درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ إﻋﺪادهﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻨﻈﻢ اﻟﺤﺮاري‬ ‫ درﺟﺎت ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬10 ± ‫ درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬T = 210 PP – DVS 2207–11 (02/99) HEATING PLATE TEMPERATURE Temperature to be set on the thermoregulator T = 210°C ± 10°C

‫ اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب وﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬ π × 0.010

[‫]ﺑﺎر‬

(5 ‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ]ﺳﻢ [ )ﻃﺎﻟﻊ اﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

× P1 = (D - s) × s

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺨﺮز ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‬

[‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬s ‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬/‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‬ 4.5 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 7 … 4,5 12 … 7 19 … 12 26 … 19 37 … 26 50 … 37

‫اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع‬ [‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬A 0,5 0,5 1,0 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5

PHASE 1: Approach and pre-heating Approach and pre-heating pressure P1 = (D - s) × s ×

0,010 × π 2

Overall thrust section [cm ] (see page 5)

Bead height at the end of pre-heating

9./12

[bar]

9. WELDING PARAMETERS

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50

Height A [mm] 0,5 0,5 1,0 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5

‫ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ P1

= P2

[‫= ]ﺑﺎر‬

‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

[‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬s ‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬/‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‬ 4.5 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 7 … 4,5 12 … 7 19 … 12 26 … 19 37 … 26 50 … 37

[‫ ]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬t2 135 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 175 … 135 245 … 175 330 … 245 400 … 330 485 … 400 560 … 485

PHASE 2: Heating

Maximum heating pressure P2 =

P1 10

= [bar]

Heating time s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50

t2 [sec] up to 135 135 … 175 175 … 245 245 … 330 330 … 400 400 … 485 485 … 560

9./13

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

‫‪9. WELDING PARAMETERS‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫أﻗﺼﻰ وﻗﺖ ﻟﻔﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬

‫‪] s‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‪/‬اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪4.5‬‬ ‫‪7 … 4,5‬‬ ‫‪12 … 7‬‬ ‫‪19 … 12‬‬ ‫‪26 … 19‬‬ ‫‪37 … 26‬‬ ‫‪50 … 37‬‬

‫‪] t3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪5‬‬ ‫‪6… 5‬‬ ‫‪7…6‬‬ ‫‪9…7‬‬ ‫‪11 … 9‬‬ ‫‪14 … 11‬‬ ‫‪17 … 14‬‬

‫]‪t3 [sec‬‬ ‫‪up to 5‬‬ ‫‪5 …6‬‬ ‫‪6…7‬‬ ‫‪7…9‬‬ ‫‪9 … 11‬‬ ‫‪11 … 14‬‬ ‫‪14 … 17‬‬

‫‪] t4‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪6‬‬ ‫‪7…6‬‬ ‫‪11 … 7‬‬ ‫‪17 … 11‬‬ ‫‪22 … 17‬‬ ‫‪32 … 22‬‬ ‫‪43 … 32‬‬

‫‪PHASE 4: Reach of welding pressure‬‬ ‫‪Time to reach the welding pressure‬‬

‫‪9./14‬‬

9. WELDING PARAMETERS s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

t4 [sec] up to 6 6…7 7 … 11 11 … 17 17 … 22 22 … 32 32 … 43

‫ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬:‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ [‫ ]ﺑﺎر‬P5 = P1 ‫وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬

[‫ ]ﻣﻠﻢ‬s ‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ‬/‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة‬ 4.5 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 7 … 4,5 12 … 7 19 … 12 26 … 19 37 … 26 50 … 37

[‫ ]دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬t5 6 ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ‬ 12 … 6 20 … 12 30 … 20 40 … 30 55 … 40 70 … 55

PHASE 5: Welding Welding pressure P5 = P1 [bar] Welding time s [mm] Pipe/fitting up to 4,5 4,5 … 7 7 … 12 12 … 19 19 … 26 26 … 37 37 … 50

t5 [min] up to 6 6 … 12 12 … 20 20 … 30 30 … 40 40 … 55 55 … 70

9./15

‫ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم )اﻟﻨﻮع واﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻞ(‬

‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎول‬

‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻄﺮ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪] D‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪] s‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬

‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ ‫‪] Tt‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ[‬

‫‪ P1‬و‪P5‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎت‪:‬‬ ‫‪ :Tt‬درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ ‪ :Pt -‬ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺴﺤﺐ ‪ :B -‬ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﺮز اﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ‪ :A -‬ﻋﺮض اﻟﺨﺮزة‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‪ :‬اﻻﻗﺘﺮاب واﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ‪ :(P1+Pt) .‬اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪ :P2 .‬اﻟﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ؛ ‪ :t2‬وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‪ :t3 .‬وﻗﺖ ﻓﻚ ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪ :t4 .‬وﻗﺖ زﻳﺎدة اﻟﻀﻐﻂ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ :‬اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‪ :(P5+Pt) .‬ﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم؛ ‪ :t5‬وﻗﺖ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺎرﻳﺦ اﻟﻤﻜﺎن‬

‫‪NP‬‬

‫‪SDR/S‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة )اﻟﻨﻮع واﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ(‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ورﻗﻢ اﻟﺸﺎرة‬

‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪ ] Ta‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ[‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬

‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫‪P2‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪Pt‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪P1+Pt‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫]ﻣﻠﻢ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬

‫‪t2‬‬ ‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪P2‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ )اﻟﻨﻮع واﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ(‬

‫اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ‪( [HDPE ( DVS 2207-1 [08/95‬‬

‫‪t3‬‬ ‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫‪t4‬‬ ‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫‪P5+Pt‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪t5‬‬ ‫]دﻗﻴﻘﺔ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎر‪/‬ﻟﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬

‫‪] B‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬

‫ﻓﺤﺺ أﺑﻌﺎد‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺮز‬

Pt [bar]

Heating plate Temperature Tt [ ° C]

A [mm]

Phase 1

P1+Pt [bar]

Site

t2 [sec]

Phase 2

Signature of person in charge

P2 [bar]

Fitting (type & trademark)

Customer

WELDING REPORT HDPE ( DVS 2207-1 [08/95] )

P2 [bar]

Pressure [bar]

P 1 & P5 [bar]

Pipe (type & trademark)

Welder’s name & badge #

Thickness s [mm]

Dimensions SDR/S

Ambient temperature Ta [ °C]

Contractor

Outside diameter D [mm]

Welding machine (type & serial #)

Joint type

Legend: Tt: Heating plate temperature – Pt: Dragging pressure – B: Final bead width – A: Bead width Phase 1: Approach and pre-heating. (P1+Pt): Applied pressure Phase 2: Heating. P2: Applied pressure; t2: Heating time Phase 3: Removal of heating plate. t3: Time to remove the heating plate Phase 4: Reach of welding pressure. t4: Time to increase pressure Phase 5: Welding. (P5+Pt): Welding pressure; t5: Welding time Date Place

Notes

Joint #

Phase 3

t4 [sec]

Phase 4

Order

t5 [min]

Phase 5

P5+Pt [bar]

B [mm]

Bead dimension check

Welding standard/regulation used

t3 [sec]

Signature of customer

‫ﻣﺎآﻴﻨﺔ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم )اﻟﻨﻮع واﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﺴﻞ(‬

‫اﻟﻤﻘﺎول‬

‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‬ ‫ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻄﺮ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪] D‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﻚ‬ ‫‪] s‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬

‫ﻟﻮح اﻟﺘﺴﺨﻴﻦ‬ ‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة‬ ‫‪] Tt‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ[‬

‫‪ P1‬و‪P5‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪NP‬‬

‫‪SDR/S‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺎﺳﻮرة )اﻟﻨﻮع واﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ(‬

‫اﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ورﻗﻢ اﻟﺸﺎرة‬

‫درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪ ] Ta‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ[‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬

‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫‪P2‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪Pt‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﻤﺴﺆول‬

‫‪P1+Pt‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫]ﻣﻠﻢ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻷوﻟﻰ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬

‫‪t2‬‬ ‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪P2‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫اﻟﺘﺮآﻴﺒﺔ )اﻟﻨﻮع واﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ(‬

‫اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم ‪( [PP ( DVS 2207-11 [02/99‬‬

‫‪t3‬‬ ‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬

‫‪t4‬‬ ‫]ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ[‬

‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺮاﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫‪P5+Pt‬‬ ‫]ﺑﺎر[‬

‫‪t5‬‬ ‫]دﻗﻴﻘﺔ[‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎر‪/‬ﻟﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﻠﺤﺎم اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻄﻠﺐ‬

‫‪] B‬ﻣﻠﻢ[‬

‫ﻓﺤﺺ أﺑﻌﺎد‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺮز‬

Welder’s name & badge #

Thickness s [mm]

Date

Place

P2 [bar]

Pt [bar]

A [mm]

Site

t2 [sec]

Phase 2

P2 [bar]

Signature of person in charge

P1+Pt [bar]

Phase 1

Fitting (type & trademark)

Customer

WELDING REPORT PP ( DVS 2207-11 [02/99] )

P1 & P5 [bar]

Pressure [bar]

Pipe (type & trademark)

Heating plate Temperature Tt [ ° C]

Contractor

Outside diameter D [mm]

Dimensions SDR/S

Ambient temperature Ta [ °C]

Welding machine (type & serial #)

Joint type

Notes

Joint #

Order

t5 [min]

Phase 5

P5+Pt [bar]

B [mm]

Bead dimension check

Welding standard/regulation used

t4 [sec]

Phase 3 Phase 4

t3 [sec]

Signature of customer

I GB

DICHIARAZIONE DI CONFORMITÀ CONFORMITY DECLARATION

DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD

DECLARAÇÃO DE CONFORMIDADE

KONFORMITÄTSERKLÄRUNG

Ritmo S.p.A. Via A. Volta, 7 - Z.I. Selve - 35037 Bresseo di Teolo (PD) - ITALIA Tel. ++39-(0)49-9901888 Fax ++39-(0)49-9901993 I

GB E

Dichiara che il prodotto di sua produzione di seguito identificato: Declares that the product of its our production named as follows: Declara que los productos identificados mas abajo:

Declara que as seguintes soldadoras (de sua produção):

Erklärt daß das Produkt von unserer Produktion wie folgt identifiziert ist:

BASIC 160V1 BASIC 200V0 BASIC 250V1 BASIC 315 V1 BASIC 355V0 I

è conforme alle disposizioni delle seguenti Direttive: is made in compliance with the following directives:

está conforme con lo dispuesto:

respeitam quanto indicado nas seguintes Directivas e Normativas:

gemäß den geltenden gesetzlichen Richtlinien:

2006/42/CE 2004/108/CE 2006/95/CE UNI EN ISO 12100-1 :2005 UNI EN ISO 12100-2 :2005 CEI 44-5

La presente dichiarazione perde ogni validità in caso di modifiche apportate al prodotto non approvate esplicitamente e per iscritto dal costruttore.

This declaration becomes null and void in the event of any changes being made to the product without the written and explicit manufacturer’s approval.

Esta declaración no es válida en caso de aportar modificaciones a los productos sin la expresa autorización escrita del fabricante.

Qualquer modificação efectuada ao aparelho, que não tenha sido autorizada a priori em modo explícito e por escrito pelo fabricante, anula a presente declaração.

Die Gültigkeit der vorliegenden Erklärung ist nichtig im Falle von Änderungen des Gerätes, die nicht ausdrücklich schriftlich vom Hersteller genehmigt wurden.

( Renzo Bortoli ): __________________________________ Bresseo di Teolo, 26/01/10

Firma / Signature / Unterschrift / Firma/Assinatura

ATTENZIONE! / ATTENTION! I La macchina indicata in questo manuale deve essere sottoposta ad una revisione completa almeno ogni due anni (o più frequentemente, se la normativa nazionale così lo richiede). La revisione può essere eseguita soltanto dal fabbricante o da un centro assistenza autorizzato dallo stesso.

In nessun caso potrà la Ritmo S.p.A. essere tenuta responsabile per danni diretti, indiretti, accidentali o consequenziali, derivanti dall’utilizzo di una macchina non revisionata. In nessun caso potrà la Ritmo S.p.A. essere tenuta responsabile per danni diretti, indiretti, accidentali o consequenziali, derivanti da uno scorretto utilizzo della macchina (cioè, senza rispettarle istruzioni di questo manuale). The machine herein indicated must undergo inspection and overhaul at least once every two years – or more frequently, if the national regulation so requires. The inspection and overhaul must be performed by the manufacturer or an authorized service centre, only. GB

In no event shall Ritmo S.p.A. be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages of any kind whatsoever with respect to the use of a machine that did not undergo regular maintenance/overhaul. In no event shall Ritmo S.p.A. be liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages of any kind whatsoever with respect to an improper use (i.e., not according to the instructions herein give) of the machine. F La machine indiquée dans ce manuel doit être soumise à une révision complète au moins tous deux années auprès la Ritmo S.p.A. ou auprès d’un centre d’assistance autorisé (par écrit) par Ritmo S.p.A.. La machine doit être livrée avec le respectif livret de révisions.

En aucun cas ne peut Ritmo S.p.A. être tenue pour responsable des éventuels dommages directs, indirects, accidentels ou consequentiels résultants de l’utilisation d’une machine qui n’a pas été révisée. En aucun cas ne peut Ritmo S.p.A. être tenue pour responsable des éventuels dommages directs, indirects, accidentels ou consequentiels résultants d’une utilisation incorrecte (c’est-à-dire, sans respecter les instructions données dans ce manuel). In jedem Fall muss das Schweissgerät zumindest alle zwei Jahre einer Revision beim Hersteller oder beim Kundendienst unterzogen werden. D

Ritmo S.p.A. ist nicht verantwortlich für direkte, indirekte, Beschädigung durch unsachgemässe Handhabung bei Maschinen ohne Wartung sowie Missachtung der Betriebsvorschriften. P A máquina deve ser enviada à revisão pelo menos uma vez cada dois anos (ou mais frequentemente, se a normativa nacional assim o exigir). A revisão só pode ser feita pelo fabricante ou por um centro de assistência autorizado pelo mesmo.

Em nenhum caso poderá a Ritmo S.p.A. ser responsável por danos directos, indirectos, acidentais ou consequenciais inerentes à utilização de uma máquina que não efectuou a revisão bianual. Em nenhum caso poderá a Ritmo S.p.A. ser responsável por danos directos, indirectos, acidentais ou consequenciais inerentes a uma incorrecta utilização da máquina (i.e., não de acordo com as instruções dadas neste manual). La máquina que se describe en este manual debe someterse a una revisión técnica al menos una vez cada dos años (o con más frecuencia, si la normativa nacional así lo requiere). La revisión debe ser realizada únicamente por el fabricante o por un centro de asistencia técnica por él autorizado. E

En ningún caso Ritmo S.p.A. será responsable por daños directos, indirectos, incidentales o consecuentes daños y perjuicios de cualquier naturaleza causados por la utilización de una máquina que no es sometida a su revisión técnica periódica. En ningún caso Ritmo S.p.A. será responsable por daños directos, indirectos, incidentales o consecuentes daños y perjuicios de cualquier naturaleza debido al uso incorrecto (es decir, no respetando las instrucciones detalladas en este manual) de la máquina.